summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/8385-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '8385-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--8385-0.txt7894
1 files changed, 7894 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/8385-0.txt b/8385-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fec1e43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/8385-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7894 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Short Line War, by Samuel Merwin
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Short Line War
+
+Author: Samuel Merwin
+
+
+Release Date: June, 2005 [EBook #8385]
+This file was first posted on July 5, 2003
+Last Updated: March 13, 2018
+
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SHORT LINE WAR ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Eric Eldred, Beth Trapaga and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE SHORT LINE WAR
+
+
+By Samuel Merwin
+
+
+
+CHAPTER
+
+ I. JIM WEEKS
+ II. MR. MCNALLY GOES TO TILLMAN CITY
+ III. POLITICS AND OTHER THINGS
+ IV. JIM WEEKS CLOSES IN
+ V. TUESDAY EVENING
+ VI. JUDGE BLACK
+ VII. BETWEEN THE LINES
+ VIII. JUDGE GREY
+ IX. THE MATTER OF POSSESSION
+ X. SOMEBODY LOSES THE BOOKS
+ XI. A POLITICIAN
+ XII. KATHERINE
+ XIII. TRAIN NO. 14
+ XIV. A CAPTURE AT BRUSHINGHAM
+ XV. DEUS EX MACHINA
+ XVI. MCNALLY'S EXPEDIENT
+ XVII. IN THE DARK
+ XVIII. THE COMING OF DAWN
+ XIX. KATHERINE DECIDES
+ XX. HARVEY
+ XXI. THE TILLMAN CITY STOCK
+ XXII. THE WINNING OF THE ROAD
+ XXIII. THE SURRENDER
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+
+JIM WEEKS
+
+
+James Weeks came of a fighting stock.
+
+His great-grandfather, Ashbel Weeks, was born in Connecticut in 1748; he
+migrated to New York in '70, and settled among the Oneida Indians on the
+Upper Mohawk. It was the kind of life he was built for; he sniffed at
+danger like a young horse catching a breath off the meadows. He did not
+take the war fever until St. Leger came up the valley, when he fought
+beside Herkimer in the ambush on Oriskany Creek. He joined the army of
+the North, and remained with it through the long three years that
+ended at Yorktown; then he married, and returned to his home among the
+half-civilized Oneidas.
+
+His oldest son, Jonathan, was born in '90. He grew like his father
+in physique and temperament, and his migrating disposition led him
+to Kentucky. The commercial instinct, which had never appeared in his
+father, was strong in him, so that he turned naturally to trading. He
+began in a small way, but he succeeded at it, and amassed what was then
+considered a large fortune.
+
+In 1823 he moved to Louisville, and interested himself in promoting the
+steamboat traffic on the Ohio and Mississippi rivers. As the business
+developed, Jonathan Weeks's fortune grew with it. His only son, who
+was born in 1815, was sent to Harvard; he spent a very merry four years
+there, and a good deal of money. He fell in love in the meantime, and
+married immediately after his graduation. Not many months after his
+marriage he was killed by the accidental discharge of a rifle, and,
+shortly after this, his widow died in giving birth to a son.
+
+The care of the child devolved entirely upon Jonathan, the grandfather.
+He assumed it gladly, even eagerly, and his whole existence soon centred
+about the boy, and James--for so they had named him--became more to him
+than his son had ever been. It grew evident that he would have the
+Weeks build, and, by the time he was fifteen, he was as lean, big-boned,
+awkward a hobbledehoy as the old man could wish. His grandfather's
+wealth did not spoil him in the least; he was the kind of a boy it would
+have been difficult to spoil.
+
+He had no fondness for books, but it is to be doubted if that was much
+of a grief to his grandfather. He was good at mathematics,--he used to
+work out problems for fun,--and an excellent memory for certain kinds
+of details enabled him to master geography without difficulty. The great
+passion of his boyhood was for the big, roaring, pounding steamboats
+that went down to New Orleans. His ambition, like that of nearly every
+boy who lived in sight of those packets, was to be a river pilot, and he
+was nearing his majority before he outgrew it.
+
+He was twenty-two years old when he fell in love with Ethel Harvey. She
+was nineteen when she came home from the Eastern school where she had
+spent the past five years, and she burst upon Jim in the first glory
+of her womanhood. When she had grown an old woman the young girls still
+envied her beauty, and wondered what it must have been in its first
+bloom. Small wonder that Jim fell in love with her; it was inevitable.
+
+He first saw her, after her return, on a bright June morning as he was
+strolling down the path from his grandfather's house to the street. She
+was riding her big bay mare at a smart gallop, but she pulled up short
+at sight of him, and drawing off a riding gauntlet held out her hand.
+From that moment Jim loved her. The old man was coming down the path,
+but seeing them there together, he paused, for they made a striking
+picture. Her little silk hat sat daintily on her hair, which would
+be rebellious and fluffy; the dark green riding habit with its tight
+sleeves revealed the perfect lines of her lithe figure, which swayed
+gracefully as the mare pawed and backed and plunged, impatient for the
+morning gallop. She seemed quite indifferent to the protests of the
+big brute, and talked merrily to Jim, who stood looking up at her in
+bewildered admiration. At last she shook hands again and rode away,
+and Jonathan Weeks walked back into the house with a satisfied smile.
+“They'll do,” he said.
+
+It looked as though they would. Through the short happy weeks that
+followed, Ethel did not ride alone. Together they explored the country
+lanes or left them for a dash straight across the fields, taking
+anything that chanced to be in the way. In their impromptu races, which
+were frequent, Ethel almost always won; for racer though he was, Jim's
+sorrel found the two hundred and eight pounds he carried too much of
+a handicap. So the days went by, and though nothing was said about it,
+they talked to each other, and thought of each other, as lovers do.
+
+But all the while there was growing in Ethel's mind an intuition that
+something was wrong. She had not an analytical mind, but she became
+convinced that though she might learn to understand Jim, he could never
+understand her. It was not only that she was the first woman who had
+come into his life, though that had much to do with it. But he was a man
+without much instinct or imagination; he took everything seriously and
+literally, he could not understand a whim. And when she saw how her
+pretty feminine inconsistencies puzzled him, and how he failed to
+understand the whimsical, butterfly fancies she confided to him, she
+would cry with vexation, and think she hated him; but then the knightly
+devotion of his big heart would win her back again, and her tears would
+cease to burn her cheeks, and she would tell herself how unworthy she
+was of the love of a man like that. But the trouble was still there;
+Ethel grew sad, and Jim, more than ever, failed to understand. The old
+man watched, but said nothing.
+
+One evening Jim took her out on the river. It was the summer of
+'61, when the North was learning how bitter was the task it had to
+accomplish. Kentucky was disputed ground and feeling ran high there;
+little else was thought of. Jim had been talking to her for some time
+on this all-absorbing topic while she sat silent in the stern, her hand
+trailing in the water. Finally he asked why she was so quiet.
+
+“I think this war is very stupid,” she said. “Let's talk about”--here
+she paused and her eyes followed the big night boat which was churning
+its way down the river--“about paddle-wheels, or port lights, or
+something.”
+
+Jim said nothing; he had nothing to say. She went on:--
+
+“Don't you think it is tiresome to always mean what you say? I hate to
+tell the truth. Anybody can do that.”
+
+“I thought,” said Jim, “that you believed in sincerity.”
+
+“Oh, of course I do,” she exclaimed impatiently, and again Jim was
+silent.
+
+The next day he took her for a drive and it was then that the end came.
+They had been having a glorious time, for the rapid motion and the
+bright sunshine had driven away her mood of the night before and she was
+perfectly happy; Jim was happy in her happiness. The half-broken colts
+were fairly steady and he let her drive them and turned in his seat so
+that he could watch her. As he looked at her there, her head erect, her
+elbows squared, her bright eyes looking straight out ahead, Jim
+fell deeper than ever in love with her. The colts felt a new and
+unrestraining hand on the reins, and the pace increased rapidly. Jim
+noted it.
+
+“You'd better pull up a little,” he said. “They'll be getting away from
+you.”
+
+“I love to go this way,” she replied, and over the reins she told the
+colts the same thing, in a language they understood. Suddenly one of
+them broke, and in a second both were running.
+
+“Pull 'em in,” said Jim, sharply. “Here--give me the reins.”
+
+“I can hold them,” she protested wilfully.
+
+Then, without hesitation and with perfectly unconscious brutality, Jim
+tore the reins out of her hands, and addressed himself to the task of
+quieting the horses.
+
+It was not easy, but he was cool and strong, and the horses knew he was
+their master; nevertheless it was several minutes before he had them on
+their legs again. During that time neither had spoken; then Jim waited
+for her to break the silence. He was somewhat vexed, for he thought she
+had deliberately exposed herself to an unnecessary peril. But she said
+nothing and they finished their drive in silence.
+
+At her door he sprang out to help her to alight, but she ignored his
+offered aid. Though she turned away he saw that there were tears in her
+eyes.
+
+“Ethel,” he said softly, but she faced him in a flash of anger.
+
+“Don't speak to me. Oh--how I hate you!”
+
+Jim seemed suddenly to grow bigger. “Will you please tell me if you mean
+that?” he said slowly.
+
+“I mean just that,” she answered. “I--I hate you.” She stood still a
+moment; then she seemed to choke, and turning, fled into the house.
+
+To Jim's mind that was the end of it. She had told him that she hated
+him. The fact that there had been a catch in her voice as she said it
+weighed not at all with him; that was an unknown language. So he took
+her literally and exactly and went away by himself to think it over.
+
+He was late for dinner that night, and when he came in his grandfather
+was pacing the dining room. But Jim wasted no words in explanation.
+
+“Grandfather,” he said, “I think if you won't need me for a while I'll
+enlist to-morrow.”
+
+“I can get along all right,” said the old man, “but I'm sorry you're
+going.”
+
+The older man was looking at the younger one narrowly. Suddenly and
+bluntly he asked:--
+
+“Is anything the matter with you and Ethel Harvey?”
+
+Jim nodded, and without further invitation or questioning he related the
+whole incident. “That's all there is to it,” he concluded. “The team had
+bolted and she wouldn't give me the reins; so I took them away from her
+and pulled in the horses. There was nothing else to do.”
+
+“And then she said she hated you,” added Jonathan, musingly. “I reckon
+she hasn't much sense.”
+
+“It ain't that,” Jim answered quickly. “She's got sense enough. The
+trouble with her is she's too damned plucky.”
+
+A few days later he was a private in the Nineteenth Indiana Volunteers.
+He made a good soldier, for not only did he love danger as had his
+great-grandfather before him, but he had nerves which months of inaction
+could not set jangling, and a constitution which hardship and privation
+could not undermine.
+
+The keenest delight he had ever known came with his first experience
+under fire. He felt his breath coming in long deep inhalations; he could
+think faster and more clearly than at other times, and he knew that his
+hands were steady and his aim was good. Somehow it seemed that years
+of life were crowded into those few minutes, and he retired reluctantly
+when the order came.
+
+His regiment was in the Army of the Potomac, and the story of its
+waiting and blundering and magnificent fighting need not be told again
+in these pages. Jim was one of thousands of brave, intelligent fighters
+who did not rise to the command of a division or even of a regiment.
+He was a lieutenant in Company E when the Nineteenth marched down the
+Emmittsburg Pike, through Gettysburg and out to the ridge beyond, to
+hold it until reenforcements should come.
+
+They fought there during four long hours, until the thin line of
+blue could hold no longer, and gray ranks under Ewell and Fender had
+enveloped both flanks. Then sullenly they came back through the town,
+still firing defiantly, and cursing the help that had not come. It
+was during this retreat that Jim was hit, but he did not drop.
+Somehow--though as in a dream--he kept with his regiment, and it was not
+until they were rallied in the cemetery on the other side of the town
+that he pitched forward and lay quite still.
+
+Everybody knows how the Eleventh Corps held the cemetery through the two
+bloody days that followed. But Jim was unconscious of it all, for he lay
+on a cot in the Sanitary Commission tent, raving in delirium. And the
+surgeons and nurses looked at him gravely and wondered with every hour
+why he did not die.
+
+But, as one of his comrades had said, “it took a lot of pounding to lick
+Jim Weeks,” and in a surprisingly short time he was strong enough to be
+taken home.
+
+When he first saw his grandfather he was dimly conscious of a change
+in him, and as he grew stronger and better able to observe closely he
+became surer of it. Jonathan had been a young old man when Jim went
+away; now he looked every one of his seventy-three years, and instead
+of the tireless energy of former times Jim noted a listlessness hard to
+understand.
+
+One night after both had gone to bed Jim heard his grandfather groping
+his way down the stairs and out upon the veranda. He listened intently
+until he heard the creak of the rocking chair, which told him that the
+old man was visiting again with old friends and old fancies. The slow
+rhythm lulled Jim into a doze, and then into sleep. He awakened with a
+start; his pioneer blood made him a light sleeper, and he knew that the
+old man could not have got upstairs and past his door without waking
+him. “He must have gone to sleep down there,” thought Jim, and rising he
+went down to the veranda. Jonathan had gone to sleep, but the black cob
+pipe was clenched between rigid jaws; his sightless eyes were open and
+seemed to be looking at the stars.
+
+At first Jim felt that sails, helm, and compass had been swept clean
+away, but he was strong enough to recover his bearings quickly. His
+grandfather's death marked an end and a beginning, and just as a needle
+when a magnet is taken away swings unerringly into the line of force of
+the original magnet, the earth, so Jim's life swung to a new direction.
+There was no one whose life could direct or influence his, and alone he
+started on what business men of the next generation knew as his career.
+
+The war had lessened but not destroyed Jonathan's fortune, and it went
+without reservation to Jim. The times offered golden opportunities to
+a man with ready money and good business training, and his success was
+almost inevitable. His life from this time was the logical working out
+of what he had in him.
+
+He turned naturally to the railroad business, and those who know the
+history of Western railroads from '65 to '90 will understand what a
+field it was for a man who was at once fearless and level-headed. The
+craze for construction and then the equally mad competition did not
+confuse him, they simply gave him opportunities. When the reaction
+against the railroads set in, and the Granger movement wrecked nearly
+all the Western roads, Jim bowed to the inevitable, but he saved
+himself--no one knew just how--and when the State legislators were over
+their midsummer madness he was again in the field, and again succeeding.
+
+With the details of these struggles we are not concerned. The “inside”
+ history of many of them will never be known; in almost every case it
+differs materially from the story which appeared in the papers. Jim
+became famous and was libelled and flattered, respected and abused, by
+turns; but always he was feared. He was supposed to be dishonest, and
+it is true he did not scruple to use his enemies' weapons; but at
+directors' meetings it was the interest of the stockholders that he
+fought for.
+
+Men wondered at his success, and over their cigars gravely discussed
+the reasons for it. Some said it was sheer good luck that turned what
+he touched to gold, some laid it to his start, and others to his cool,
+dispassionate strategy. To some extent it was all of these things; but
+more than anything else he had won as a bulldog does, by hanging on.
+Often he had beaten better strategists simply by keeping up the fight
+when by all the rules he was beaten. For as the comrade of long ago had
+said, “it took a lot of pounding to lick Jim Weeks.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+
+MR. McNALLY GOES TO TILLMAN CITY
+
+It was Monday morning, September 23d. The telephone bell on the big
+mahogany desk rang twice before Jim Weeks laid down the sheet of paper
+he was scrutinizing and picked up the receiver.
+
+“Hello! Oh, that you, Fox? Yes--Yes. Hold on! Give me that name again.
+Frederick McNally. Dartmouth Building, did you say? Yes. Thank you.
+Good-by.”
+
+The bell tinkled again and Jim swung round in his chair.
+
+There was another desk in the room, where sat a young man busy over a
+pile of letters. He was private secretary to a man who was president
+of one railroad and director in others, and his life was not easy. The
+letters he was working over were with one exception addressed to the
+Hon. James Weeks, Washington Building, Chicago. The exception was a pale
+blue note addressed to Mr. Harvey West, and the young man had put that
+at the bottom of the pile and was working down to it.
+
+The elder man spoke. “West,” he said, “Fox has just telephoned me that
+he's found out who's been buying M. & T. stock. It's Frederick McNally;
+he's in the Dartmouth Building. He isn't doing it on his own hook, but I
+don't know who he is doing it for. Somebody wants that stock mighty bad.
+There isn't a great deal of it lying around, though.”
+
+“Do you think that Thompson--” began the secretary.
+
+“Thompson would be glad to see me out and himself in,” said Jim Weeks,
+“and he leads Wing and Powers around by the nose, but he can't swing
+enough stock to hurt anything at next election. I don't believe it's
+he that's buying. Thompson hasn't got sand enough for that. He'll never
+fight.”
+
+There was a moment's pause. Jim walked over to the ticker and looked
+back along the ribbon of paper. “It's quoted at 68-1/2 this morning,” he
+said, “but no sales to amount to anything.”
+
+“You might go over and talk to Wing,” he went on. “You can find out
+anything he knows if you go at it right. I don't believe there's
+anything there. However, I'd like to know just what they are doing.
+You'd better do it now. Send Pease in when you go out, will you?”
+
+Harvey slipped the blue envelope from the bottom of the pile of letters,
+called the stenographer, and started out. He read the note while he was
+waiting for the elevator.
+
+The M. & T. is a local single-track road, about two hundred miles long,
+running between the cities of Manchester and Truesdale. The former is on
+the main line of the Northern, and the latter on the C. & S.C., both of
+which are trunk lines from Chicago to the West. The M. & T. was not
+a money-making affair; it had cost a lot of money, its stock was away
+down, and it trembled on the brink of insolvency until Jim Weeks took
+hold of it. He put money into it, straightened out its tangled affairs,
+and incidentally made some enemies in the board of directors. There
+were coal mines on the line near Sawyerville, which were operated in a
+desultory way, but they never amounted to much until some more of Jim
+Weeks's money went into them, and then they began to pay. This made the
+M. & T. important, especially to the C. & S.C. people, who immediately
+tried to make arrangements with Jim for the absorption of the M. & T. by
+their line. C. & S.C. had a bad name. There were many shady operations
+associated with its management, and Jim decided to have as little to do
+with it as possible, so the attempt apparently was abandoned.
+
+The stock of the M. & T. was held largely by men who lived along the
+line of the road. Tillman City and St. Johns each held large blocks;
+they had got a special act of legislature to allow them to subscribe
+for it. These stockholders had great confidence in Jim, for under his
+management their investment was beginning to pay, and they, he felt
+sure, approved of his action in the C. & S.C. matter.
+
+Everything was going well with the road, and the stock was climbing
+slowly but steadily. It was not liable to any great fluctuation, for
+most of its holders regarded it as a permanent investment and it did not
+change hands to any great extent. Comparatively little of it got into
+the hands of speculators.
+
+But suddenly it began to jump. It was evident to every one who watched
+it that some important deal was afoot. Jim Weeks was as much in the dark
+as any one. He had watched its violent fluctuations for a week while
+he vainly sought to ferret out the motive that was causing them. And on
+this particular morning, though he sent his secretary, Harvey West, to
+talk to Wing, he had little idea that the young fellow would get hold of
+a clew.
+
+When the elevator stopped at the main floor, Harvey thrust the half-read
+note back into his pocket. “No time for that sort of thing this
+morning,” he thought. “I wonder how soon I'll be able to run down to see
+her.” A moment later he was walking rapidly toward the Dartmouth.
+
+The men he saw and nodded to glanced round at him enviously. “Case of
+luck,” growled somebody. That was true. Harvey was lucky; lucky first
+and foremost in that Ethel Harvey was his mother. He got his mental
+agility as well as his indomitable cheeriness from her. He was a
+healthy, sane young fellow who found it easy to work hard, who could
+loaf most enjoyably when loafing was in order, and who had the knack of
+seeing the humorous side of a trying situation. He had always had plenty
+of money, but that was not the reason he got more fun out of his four
+years in college than any other man in his class. He “got down to
+business” very quickly after his graduation, and now at the end of
+another four years he was private secretary to Jim Weeks. That of course
+wasn't luck. The fact that Jim had fallen in love with Ethel Harvey
+thirty years before might account for his friendly interest in her son,
+but it would not explain Harvey's position of trust. He knew that he
+could not hold it a day except by continuing to be the most available
+man for the place.
+
+It is probable that on this morning, the contents of the pale blue note
+contributed largely to his cheerfulness. It was evident that Miss Porter
+liked him, and Harvey liked to be liked.
+
+Wing's office on the sixth floor of the Dartmouth was a beautifully
+furnished suite, presided over by a boy in cut-steel buttons. Wing
+himself was a dapper little man, a capitalist by necessity only, for
+his money had been left to him. His one ambition was to collect all
+the literature in all languages on the game of chess; a game by the way
+which he himself did not play. “Mr. Wing had gone out to lunch about an
+hour before,” said the boy in buttons. “Would Mr. West wait?” Harvey,
+who knew Mr. Wing's luncheons of old, said no, but he would call again
+in the afternoon. As he walked back to the elevator his eye fell upon
+another office door which bore the freshly painted legend, “Frederick
+McNally, Attorney-at-law.”
+
+Harvey lunched at the Cafe Lyon, which is across the street from the
+main entrance to the Dartmouth. The day was warm for late September, and
+he selected a seat just inside the open door. From his table he could
+see people hurrying in and out of the big office building. He watched
+the crowd idly as he waited for his lunch, and finally his interest
+shifted to the big doors, which seemed to have something human about
+them, as they maliciously tried to catch the little messenger boys who
+rushed between them as they swung.
+
+Suddenly his attention came back to the crowd, centring on a party of
+four men who turned into the great entrance. Three of them he knew, and
+the fact that they were together suggested startling possibilities.
+They were Wing, Thompson and William C. Porter of Chicago and Truesdale,
+First Vice-President of the C. & S.C. and, this was the way Harvey
+thought of him, father of the Miss Katherine Porter whose name was at
+the bottom of the note in the blue envelope. Thompson, a fat, flaccid
+man with a colorless beard, was laboriously holding the door open for
+Mr. Porter, then he preceded little Mr. Wing. The fourth man was a
+stranger to Harvey.
+
+He was starting to follow them when the waiter came up with his order.
+That made him pause, and a moment's reflection convinced him that he had
+better wait. He decided that if the meeting of Porter with the two M.
+& T. directors were not accidental they would be likely to be in
+consultation for some time, and he would gain more by inquiring for
+Mr. Wing at the expiration of a half hour than by doing it now. So
+he lunched at leisure and then went back to the sixth floor of the
+Dartmouth.
+
+He was met by a rebuff from Buttons. “No, Mr. Wing had not come back
+yet,” and again “Would Mr. West wait?” Harvey could think of nothing
+better to do, so he sat down to think the matter out. He was puzzled,
+for the three men were in the building, he felt sure. Then it came to
+him. “Jove,” he murmured, “McNally! McNally was that fourth man.” He sat
+back in his chair and tried to decide what to do.
+
+Meanwhile four men sat about the square polished table in Mr. McNally's
+new office and anxiously discussed ways and means. The scrappy memoranda
+and what appeared to be problems in addition and subtraction littered
+about, made it appear that some ground had been pretty thoroughly gone
+over. There was a momentary lull in the conversation, and the silence
+was broken only by the tapping of Mr. Wing's pencil as he balanced it
+between his fingers and let the point rebound on the top of the table.
+There really seemed to be nothing to say. The alliance between C. & S.C.
+and Thompson's faction of the M. & T. directors had been arranged some
+days before. They had met to-day to see how they stood. McNally told
+what he had done, and it was not so much as they had hoped he would be
+able to do. The combination was not yet strong enough to take the field.
+For the past twenty minutes Thompson had been leaning over the table
+making suggestions in his thick voice, and McNally had sat back and
+quietly annihilated them by demonstrating their impracticability, or by
+stating that they had been unsuccessfully tried.
+
+Beyond asking one or two incisive questions of McNally, Porter had said
+nothing, but had stared straight out of the window. For the past ten
+minutes he had been waiting for Thompson to run down. It was he who
+broke the silence.
+
+“We're stuck fast”--he was speaking very slowly--“unless we can get
+control of that Tillman City stock.”
+
+McNally shook his head doubtfully. “I'm afraid it's no good,” he said.
+“Look what we've offered them already. They think the stock is going to
+go on booming clear up to the sky, and they won't sell. We couldn't get
+it at par.”
+
+Porter's chair shot back suddenly. He walked over to the empty
+fireplace, the other men watching him curiously. He spread his hands
+behind him mechanically as if to warm them. Then he said:--
+
+“I think we could get it if we were to offer par.”
+
+“Offer par!” thundered Thompson. “We could get Jim Weeks's holdings by
+paying par.”
+
+Porter smiled indulgently. “I didn't say we'd _pay_ par for anything.
+But I think if Mr. McNally were to sign a contract to pay par the day
+after the M. and T. election, that he could vote the stock on election
+day.”
+
+McNally's plump hand came down softly on the table. “Good!” he said
+under his breath.
+
+But Mr. Thompson failed to understand. “But the contract?” he said.
+
+“Such a contract would be a little less valuable than that waste paper,”
+ Porter replied politely, indicating the crumpled sheets on the table.
+Then he turned to McNally and asked, “How many men will it take to swing
+it?”
+
+“Three, if we get the right ones. Yes, I know the men we want. I can
+get them all right,” he added, in response to the unspoken question. “It
+will need a little--oil, though, for the wheels.”
+
+“I suppose so,” said Porter, dryly. “I think you'd better get at it
+right away. It's two o'clock now. The two-thirty express will get you to
+Manchester so that you can reach Tillman about seven-thirty. It doesn't
+pay to waste any time when you're trying to get ahead of Jim Weeks. He
+moves quick. Have you got money enough?”
+
+McNally nodded.
+
+Thompson had come to the surface again. He was breathing thickly, and
+his high, bald forehead was damp with perspiration. “That's bribery,” he
+said, “and it's--dangerous.”
+
+“I'm afraid that can't be helped, Mr. Thompson,” said Porter. “It's neck
+or nothing. We've got to have that Tillman City stock.”
+
+There were but four people in the room when he began speaking. There
+were five when he finished, for Harvey West had grown tired of waiting.
+He bowed politely.
+
+“Good afternoon, gentlemen. Ah! Mr. Porter. How do you do? I beg your
+pardon for intruding.”
+
+Porter recovered first. “No intrusion, Mr. West. We had just finished
+our business.”
+
+McNally took the cue quickly.
+
+“Mr. West?” he said interrogatively.
+
+Harvey bowed.
+
+“I will be at your service in a moment. Excuse me.”
+
+Wing and Thompson had already taken the hint, and were moving toward the
+door. Porter hung back, conversing in low tones with McNally. Then he
+bowed to West and followed the others. McNally gathered up the papers on
+the table, folded them, and put them in his pocket.
+
+“Please sit down, Mr. West. What can I do for you? Wait a moment,
+though. Won't you smoke?” He held out his cigar case to Harvey, who
+took one gladly. Lighting it would give him a moment more to think, and
+thinking was necessary, for he didn't know what McNally could do for
+him. But McNally seemed to be doing his best to help him out.
+
+“Don't you think it very warm here?” he said, as Harvey struck a match.
+“Something cool to drink would go pretty well. If you'll excuse me for a
+moment more I'll go down and see about getting it,” and without waiting
+for a reply, McNally put on his silk hat and stepped out into the
+corridor.
+
+“He certainly seems friendly,” thought Harvey, as the footfalls
+diminished along the floor, and then he puzzled over what he should
+say when McNally came back. At last he smiled. “That's it,” he said
+to himself, “I'll try to rent him that vacant suite in our office
+building.”
+
+When West had made up his mind that the party of four were not to meet
+in Wing's office, he had decided to see if they were in McNally's. He
+could not ask for Wing, of course, so he asked for McNally and trusted
+to the spur of the moment for a pretext for his call. Now that McNally's
+absence had enabled him to think of one he took a long breath of
+satisfaction. He had accomplished what he had set out to accomplish, and
+contrary to Jim Weeks's expressed expectation. There was no doubt that
+it was a combination of the C. & S.C. and Thompson's gang that was
+booming the M. & T. Moreover there was no doubt as to their next move.
+“But it won't work,” he thought. “Jim owns about half of Tillman City,
+and anyway they'll never sell when our stock is jumping up the way it
+is.”
+
+And having settled this important matter he switched his train of
+thought off on another track. It reached Truesdale in a very short time,
+but it had nothing to do with M. & T., or with Mr. McNally. He took the
+note out of his pocket and read it through twice, and then smoked over
+it comfortably for some time before he began vaguely to wonder why Mr.
+McNally didn't come back. Five minutes later he glanced at his cigar
+ash. It was an inch and a half long. “That means twenty minutes,” he
+said thoughtfully, and then it dawned on him that things had happened
+which were not down on the schedule.
+
+He walked quickly to the telephone, and a moment later Pease was talking
+to him.
+
+“No,” said the stenographer; “Mr. Weeks went out to lunch about an hour
+ago. He said he wouldn't be back to the office this afternoon.”
+
+There had been no words wasted in the two minutes' conversation between
+Porter and McNally after Harvey's abrupt entrance, and as a result of
+it, while the young secretary waited and thought over the good stroke of
+work he had done for Jim Weeks and of another good stroke he might some
+day do for himself, Mr. Frederick McNally took the two-thirty express
+for Manchester and Tillman City.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+
+POLITICS AND OTHER THINGS
+
+Harvey West was a young man. Perhaps had he been older, had his wisdom
+been salted with experience, he would not have put two and two together
+without realizing that the sum was four; but then, it is the difference
+between twenty-six and fifty that makes railroads a possibility. He
+walked slowly to the elevator and descended to the street. At the
+corner he paused and looked about, turning over in his mind the singular
+disappearance of Mr. McNally. “He can't do anything with Tillman's
+stock,” thought Harvey. “They're solid for us.” But Harvey in his
+brief business life had not fathomed the devious ways of the chronic
+capitalist. He knew that commercial honor was honeycombed with corrupt
+financiering, but to him the corrupt side was more or less vague, and
+never having soiled his fingers he failed to realize the nearness of the
+mud. Harvey had yet to learn that in dealing with a municipality or with
+a legislature, the law of success has but two prime factors, money and
+speed.
+
+He walked slowly over Madison Street and turned into State. Weeks was
+not in the office, and anyway he wished to clear his mind, if possible,
+before he talked with him; meanwhile sauntering up the east side of
+State Street with an eye for the shopping throng. People interested
+Harvey. He was fond of noting types, and of watching the sandwich-men,
+beggars, and shoe-string venders. Often at noon he would walk from
+Randolph Street to Harrison, observing the shifting character of
+Chicago's great thoroughfare. To Harvey it seemed like a river, starting
+clear but gradually roiled by the smaller streams that poured in, each
+a little muddier than the one next north, until it was clogged and
+stagnant with the scum of the city. But to-day he was going north. The
+sidewalk was crowded with eager girls and jaded women, keen on the scent
+of bargains. These amused Harvey, and he smiled as he crossed Washington
+Street. A moment later the smile brightened. Miss Porter stood on the
+corner.
+
+“Surprised to see me?” she laughed. “Father came up unexpectedly on
+business, and I tagged along to do some shopping. Are you in a hurry? I
+suppose so. You men never lose a chance to awe us with the value of your
+time.”
+
+“No,” Harvey replied, “I'm not at all in a hurry.”
+
+“Good, then you can help me. I am buying a gown.”
+
+They went into Field's, and for nearly an hour Harvey “helped.” It did
+not take him long to realize that nowhere is a strong man more helpless
+than in a department store. He went through yards of samples, fingered
+dozens of fabrics; he discussed and suggested, all with a critical air
+that amused Miss Porter. She tried at first to take him seriously, but
+finally gave up, leaned against the counter and laughed.
+
+“Suppose we go up to the waiting room,” she said. “You can talk,
+anyway.”
+
+With a smile Harvey assented, and they seated themselves near the
+railing, where they could look down on the human kaleidoscope below.
+
+“By the way,” said Harvey, after they had chatted for some time, “this
+morning's _Tribune_ has a good joke on one of your Truesdale neighbors.
+Did you see it?”
+
+“No. Tell me about it.”
+
+“Why, it seems that he--it was Judge Black--is up at Waupaca. He went
+there in a hurry from Lake Geneva to get away from some cases that were
+following him and spoiling the vacation he's been trying to get since
+July. He moved so quickly that his trunk left him and went up to
+Minnesota or somewhere. Well, the Judge was asked to speak at an
+entertainment the first night at the hotel. An hour or so before the
+time set for the speech he fell into the lake and ruined his only suit
+of clothes. There wasn't a man there anywhere near his size, so he
+appeared before the guests of the Grand View Hotel in the 'bus man's
+overalls.”
+
+Katherine laughed heartily.
+
+“Father will enjoy that,” she said. “He loves to laugh at Judge Black.”
+ And she added, “I wonder where father is.”
+
+“Do you return to Truesdale to-day?” Harvey asked.
+
+“No. Not until day after to-morrow. We go to the South Side to dinner,
+father and I. Father told me to meet him here at half-past three.”
+
+Harvey drew out his watch.
+
+“It is after four now.”
+
+“Yes, I'm a little worried. Father is usually very prompt. He had to see
+some men about the railroad, but he said it wouldn't take him long. I'm
+afraid something has happened.”
+
+So was Harvey. The mention of Mr. Porter brought back to him certain
+peculiar facts, and for a moment he thought fast. Evidently something
+was happening. In case there was a chance of Tillman City wavering,
+Jim Weeks should know of Porter's activity and at once. Harvey rose
+abruptly.
+
+“Excuse me. I find I have forgotten some work at the office.”
+
+“Must you go? I am sorry.” She rose and extended her hand. “I shan't
+be at home either night or I'd ask you to come and see me. But you are
+coming down to Truesdale soon, remember.”
+
+“Yes,” said Harvey. “Good-by.”
+
+He walked rapidly to the Washington Building. Jim had left no word, and
+Harvey called up the Ashland Avenue residence, but could learn nothing.
+The Northern Station master returned a similar report: Mr. Weeks had not
+been seen. Harvey sat down and rested his elbows on the desk. Already it
+might be too late. He called to mind Jim's business arrangements, in the
+hope of striking a clew by chance. He was interrupted by a few callers,
+whom he disposed of with a rush; and he was closing his desk with a
+vague idea of hunting Jim in person when he was called to the 'phone. It
+was the station master.
+
+“I was mistaken, Mr. West,” he said. “Fourteen has just got in from
+Manchester, and he says he took Mr. Weeks out at noon.”
+
+Harvey rang off and called up the M. & T. terminal station at
+Manchester.
+
+“Hello. This is Chicago. Is Mr. Weeks there?”
+
+“Well--say, hello! Hold on, central!--Will you call him to the 'phone,
+please?”
+
+“Why not?”
+
+“Where? At the shops?”
+
+“Sorry, but I guess you'll have to interrupt him. Important business.”
+
+“Can't help it if the whole road's blocked. Get him as quick as you can
+and call us up. Good-by.”
+
+Harvey waited ten minutes, twenty, thirty, thirty-five--then the bell
+rang.
+
+“Hello!”
+
+“Yes.”
+
+“Not there?”
+
+“Wait a minute. You say he took the 4.30?”
+
+“All right. Good-by.”
+
+Harvey turned back to his desk with a scowl. He passed the next hour
+clearing up what was left of the day's work; then he went out to dinner,
+and at 6.45 met Jim Weeks at the Northern Station.
+
+“Hello,” said the magnate, “what's up?”
+
+“Porter is,” replied Harvey. “I cornered him and McNally with Thompson
+and Wing, and I think McNally's gone after the Tillman stock.”
+
+“I guess not,” Jim smiled indulgently. “They can't touch it. Tell me
+what you know.”
+
+Harvey related his experience, and as one detail followed another Jim's
+eyebrows came together. He took out his watch and looked at it, then his
+eye swept the broad row of trains in the gloomy, barnlike station.
+The hands on the three-sided clock pointed to seven, and the Northern
+Vestibule Limited began to roll out on its run to Manchester and the
+West. Suddenly Jim broke in:--
+
+“I'm going to Tillman. Back to-morrow.”
+
+He ran down the platform and swung himself, puffing, upon the rear steps
+of the receding train. Harvey stared a moment, then slowly walked out to
+the elevated. He had not yet learned to follow the rapid working of Jim
+Weeks's mind.
+
+In the meantime Mr. Porter was nervous. Being unsuccessful in his search
+for Weeks, and seeing the possibility of failure before him, he greeted
+the hour of five with a frown; but he realized that there was nothing to
+be done. McNally was on the field and must fight it out alone. It was
+a quarter after five when he stepped from the elevator at Field's, and
+confronted a very reproachful young woman.
+
+“Sorry, dear, but I couldn't get away any sooner.”
+
+“What was it, dad? That old railroad?”
+
+“You wouldn't understand it if I told you.”
+
+Katherine frowned prettily.
+
+“That's what you always say. Tell me about it.”
+
+“Well, it was very important that I should see a man before he saw
+another one.”
+
+“Did you see him?”
+
+“No, I couldn't find him.”
+
+“Does it mean a loss to you, dad?”
+
+“I hope not, dear. But we must get started.”
+
+“I thought you never would come. It was lucky that I had company part of
+the time.”
+
+“That's good. Who was it?”
+
+“Mr. West.”
+
+“Mr. West?--Not Weeks's man--not--”
+
+Katherine nodded. Her father looked at her puzzled; then his brow
+slightly relaxed, and he smiled. “By Jove!” he said softly. Katherine
+was watching him in some surprise.
+
+“Katherine, you are a brick. You shall have the new cart. Yes, sir. I'll
+order it to-morrow.”
+
+“What have I done?”
+
+“You've saved the day, my dear.” Suddenly he frowned again. “Hold on;
+when did you see him?”
+
+“I met him about three. I guess he was here an hour or more.”
+
+“Couldn't be better! But he must be an awful fool.”
+
+Katherine bit her lip.
+
+“Why?” she asked quietly.
+
+“Don't you see? If he had seen Weeks early enough they might have upset
+me. He must be an awful fool.”
+
+Katherine followed him to the elevator with a peculiar expression. She
+wondered why her father's remark annoyed her.
+
+
+
+Before leaving Manchester Mr. McNally wired to the Tillman City Finance
+Committee an invitation to dine at the Hotel Tremain at 7.45 P.M. During
+the journey he matured his plan of campaign.
+
+This was not likely to be more than mildly exciting, for twenty years
+of political and financial juggling had fitted Mr. McNally for delicate
+work. In his connection with various corporations he had learned the art
+of subduing insubordinate legislatures without friction, if not without
+expense, and naturally the present task offered few difficulties. That
+was why, after an hour or so of thought, he straightened up in his seat,
+bought a paper, and read it with interest, from the foreign news to the
+foot-ball prospects. Mr. McNally's tastes were cosmopolitan, and now
+that his method was determined he dismissed M. & T. stock from his mind.
+He knew Tillman City, and more to the point, he knew Michael Blaney,
+Chairman of the Council Finance Committee. Finesse would not be needed,
+subtlety would be lost, with Blaney, and so Mr. McNally was prepared to
+talk bluntly. And on occasion Mr. McNally could be terseness itself.
+
+On his arrival he took a cab for the hotel. The Committee were on hand
+to meet him, and Blaney made him acquainted with the others.
+
+Michael Blaney was a man of the people. He was tall and angular, hands
+and face seamed and leathery from the work of earlier days, eyes small
+and keen, and a scraggy mustache, that petered out at the ends. He had
+risen by slow but sure stages from a struggling contractor with no pull,
+to be the absolute monarch of six wards; and as the other seven wards
+were divided between the pro- and anti-pavers, Blaney held the municipal
+reins. He still derived an income from city contracts, but his name did
+not appear on the bids.
+
+After dinner Mr. McNally led the way to his room, and in a few words
+announced that he had come for the M. & T. stock. Blaney tipped back in
+his chair and shook his head.
+
+“Can't do it, Mr. McNally. It ain't for sale.”
+
+“So I heard,” said McNally, quietly, “but I want it.”
+
+“You see it's like this. When they were building the line, we took the
+stock on a special act--”
+
+“I understand all that,” McNally interrupted. “That can be fixed.”
+
+Williams, one of the other two, leaned over the table.
+
+“We ain't fools enough to go up against Jim Weeks,” he said.
+
+“Don't worry about Weeks,” replied McNally, “I can take care of him.”
+
+“Who are you buying for?” asked Blaney.
+
+McNally looked thoughtfully at the three men, then said quietly:--
+
+“I am buying for C. & S.C. Jim Weeks is all right, but he can't hold out
+against us.”
+
+“Well, I tell you, Mr. McNally, we can't sell.”
+
+“Why not?”
+
+“Outside of the original terms--and they sew us up--we never could get
+it through the Council.”
+
+McNally folded his hands on the table and looked at Blaney with
+twinkling eyes.
+
+“That's all rot, Blaney.”
+
+“No, it ain't. The boys are right with Weeks.”
+
+“See here, Blaney. You just stop and ask yourself what Weeks has done
+for you. He's sunk a lot of your money and a lot of St. Johns's money,
+to say nothing of Chicago, in a road that never has paid and never will
+pay. Why, man, the stock would be at forty now if we hadn't pushed it
+up. I tell you Jim Weeks is licked. The only way for you to get your
+money back is to vote in men who can make it go. We've got the money,
+and we've got the men. It will be a good thing for Tillman City, and a
+good thing”--he paused, and looked meaningly at the three faces before
+him--“a mighty good thing for you boys.”
+
+“We couldn't put it through in time for the election anyhow.”
+
+“The eighth? That's two weeks.”
+
+“I know it, but we'd have to work the opposition.”
+
+“Talk business, Blaney. I'll make it worth your while.”
+
+“What'll you give?”
+
+“For the stock?”
+
+“Well--yes, for the stock.”
+
+“I'll give you par.”
+
+“Um--when?”
+
+“That depends on you. However, if you really want time, you can have it.
+I suppose you boys vote the stock?”
+
+All three nodded.
+
+“Well, you vote for our men, and I'll sign an agreement to pay cash at
+par after the meeting.”
+
+“Why not now?”
+
+“I wouldn't have any hold on you. Anyhow, I won't pay till I get the
+stock, and you seem to want time.”
+
+Blaney glanced at the other two. They were watching McNally closely, and
+Williams was fumbling his watch chain. Blaney's eyes met McNally's.
+
+“What'll you do for us?” he asked. “It'll take careful work.”
+
+For answer McNally rose and went to the bed, where his bag lay open. He
+rummaged a moment, then returned with a pack of cards.
+
+“Forgot my chips,” he said, seating himself. “Close up, boys.”
+
+He dealt the cards with deft hands. Blaney started to take his up, then
+paused with his hand over them.
+
+“What's the ante?” he asked.
+
+“Oh, five hundred?” McNally replied.
+
+Blaney pushed the cards back.
+
+“No,” he said, “not enough.”
+
+Williams seconded his chief with a shake of the head.
+
+“Well, name it yourself.”
+
+“A thousand.”
+
+McNally pursed his lips, then drew out a wallet, and counted out three
+thousand dollars in large bills, which he laid in the centre of the
+table.
+
+“There's four playing,” suggested Blaney.
+
+McNally scowled.
+
+“Don't be a hog, Blaney.” He took up his hand, then laid it down and
+rose, adding,--
+
+“Can't do anything with that hand.”
+
+The three Committeemen dropped their cards and each pocketed a third of
+the money. Mr. McNally fished a pad from his grip and wrote the contract
+binding himself to pay for the stock after the election on condition
+that it should be voted at his dictation. He signed it, and tossed it
+across the table.
+
+“All right, Mr. McNally,” said Blaney, holding out his hand. “I guess we
+can see you through. Good night.”
+
+“Good night, Blaney; good night, boys.” McNally shook hands cordially
+with each. “We'll have a good road here yet.”
+
+When their footfalls died away in the hall, Mr. McNally turned to the
+table, gathered the cards, and replaced them in his bag. The room
+was close with cigar smoke, and he threw open the windows. With the
+sensation of removing something offensive, he washed his hands. He stood
+for a few moments looking out the window at the quiet city, then he
+sauntered downstairs and into the deserted parlor, seating himself at
+the piano. His plump hands wandered over the keys with surprisingly
+delicate touch. For a short time he improvised. Then as the night quiet
+stole into his thoughts, he drifted into Rubinstein's Melody in F,
+playing it dreamily.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+
+JIM WEEKS CLOSES IN
+
+It was midnight when Jim Weeks reached Tillman City. The next morning
+at breakfast he recognized Mr. McNally, and though he nodded pleasantly,
+his thoughts were not the most amicable. He knew that McNally meant
+mischief, and he also knew that McNally's mischief could be accomplished
+only through one man, Michael Blaney. Heretofore Blaney had not troubled
+Jim. Jim's power and his hold on Tillman City affairs had combined to
+inspire the lesser dictator with awe, and in order to obtain concessions
+it had been necessary only to ask for them. Jim never dealt direct with
+Blaney. The councilman to whom he intrusted his measures was
+Bridge, leader of the pro-pavers. Jim had won him by generosity in
+transportation of paving supplies. But when Jim left the hotel that
+morning he wasted no time on minority leaders. Bridge was useful to
+prepare and introduce ordinances, but was not of the caliber for big
+deals, so Jim ordered a carriage and drove direct to Blaney's house.
+Although the hour was early, the politician was not at home. His wife,
+a frail little woman, came to the door and extended a flexible speaking
+trumpet that hung about her shoulders.
+
+“No,” she said in reply to Jim's question, “he's down on the artesian
+road watching a job. He won't be back till noon.”
+
+The road in question leads from the city to the artesian well a few
+miles away. Jim turned his horses and went back through the town and out
+toward the country. He found Blaney just inside the city limits, sitting
+on a curb and overseeing two bosses and a gang of laborers, who were
+tearing up the macadam with the destructive enthusiasm of the hired
+sewer digger.
+
+“How are you, Blaney?” called Jim, pulling up.
+
+Blaney nodded sourly. He was a man of bullying rather than of tactful
+propensities and he could not conceal his distaste for an interview with
+Jim Weeks at this particular moment. To tell the truth, he had begun to
+fear the results of the agreement with McNally which rested in his
+coat pocket. Weeks was a hard man to fight, and wasted no words on
+disloyalty. However, Blaney knew that dissimulation would profit him
+nothing, for to keep the changed vote a secret would be impossible; so
+he squared himself for a row. Jim tied his horses to a sapling and sat
+beside him, remarking,--
+
+“I want to have a talk with you.”
+
+“Haven't got much time,” replied Blaney, making a show of looking at his
+watch.
+
+Jim smiled meaningly.
+
+“You've got all the time I need. I want to know what you're up to with
+our stock.”
+
+Blaney gazed at the laborers.
+
+“Here!” he called to a lazy Irishman, “get back there where you belong!”
+
+“Come now, Blaney, talk business.”
+
+“What do you want to know about that stock?”
+
+“How are you going to vote it?”
+
+“I guess I can vote it.”
+
+“Are you going to stick to me?”
+
+“I don't know whether I am or not. I'll do what the Council directs.”
+
+Jim gave him a contemptuous glance.
+
+“Don't be a fool, Blaney.”
+
+“See here,” said Blaney, rising; “what are _you_ trying to do?”
+
+Jim rose too.
+
+“You've answered my question,” he replied. “You think you can throw me
+out.”
+
+“I ain't throwing anybody out,” muttered Blaney. He walked away and
+stood looking at the trench in the street which the men had sunk
+shoulder deep. Jim followed.
+
+“I'm not through yet, Blaney.”
+
+“I haven't got time to talk with you,” blustered the contractor.
+Jim stood a moment looking him over. Blaney's eyes were fixed on the
+Irishman.
+
+“How much did he give you?” asked Jim, quietly.
+
+Blaney whirled around.
+
+“Look out,” he said. “I don't know what you're talking about, but a
+man can't say that to me.” His fists were clenched. Jim spoke without
+emotion.
+
+“Drop it,” he said. “I'm not here for my health. I knew all that some
+hours ago. If I couldn't work it any better than you've done, I'd quit.
+Now what I want you to do, Blaney--”
+
+“See here, you've said enough!” Blaney was excited. “You can't come
+around here and bulldoze me. We've bought that stock and we'll vote it
+as we like, damn it; and you can go to hell!”
+
+Jim looked at him thoughtfully; then he went to his buggy and drove back
+to the hotel. He saw that Blaney was frightened, but he evidently was
+too thoroughly bought up to be easily shaken. With what some men called
+his “gameness” Jim dropped Blaney from his mind for the moment, and
+began to plan for a desperate counter move. Before he reached the hotel
+the move was decided upon, and Jim was placid.
+
+The next man to see was Bridge. Jim paused at the hotel long enough to
+send a message to the station agent to have a special ready in fifteen
+minutes; then he went to the office of his lieutenant.
+
+Bridge was an architect with a yearning for politics. For several years
+he had tried to keep both irons in the fire, and as a result was not
+over-successful in either. But he was a shrewd, silent man, and could be
+trusted. Jim found him designing a stable.
+
+“Sit down, Mr. Weeks. What brings you to Tillman?”
+
+“Bad business,” responded Jim, shortly. “Blaney's sold out to the C. &
+S.C.”
+
+Mr. Bridge sat upon his table and said nothing. When taken by surprise
+Mr. Bridge usually said nothing; that is why he had risen to the
+leadership of a faction.
+
+“I don't know just what's happened,” Jim went on, “but there's trouble
+ahead.”
+
+“Does Blaney say he's going to vote against you?”
+
+“No,” said Jim, “but he gave himself away.”
+
+“Can you block him?”
+
+Jim passed over the question.
+
+“I wish you'd watch him, Bridge. There's a deal on, and Frederick
+McNally is the other party. He's for C. & S.C. of course. Do you know
+him?”
+
+Bridge shook his head.
+
+“Well, never mind. I'll watch him. But you worry Blaney. He's a little
+rattled now,--I reckon McNally's soaked him,--and if you're careful you
+ought to find out something. I want to know just how they've fixed it.”
+
+Bridge nodded.
+
+“I'll keep an eye on him.”
+
+“Well,”--Jim rose,--“I've got a train to catch. Good-by.”
+
+He drove rapidly to the station; the agent hurried toward him as he
+pulled up at the platform.
+
+“I only got your message this minute, Mr. Weeks,” he said; “there isn't
+a car in the yards.”
+
+“What's that?” Jim looked at his watch. “Got an engine?”
+
+“Only the switch engine.”
+
+“I'll take that.”
+
+The agent hesitated.
+
+“You wouldn't get through before next week,” he said. “There's a couple
+of passenger engines in the roundhouse, but they ain't fired.”
+
+The telegraph operator leaned out of the window and broke into the
+conversation.
+
+“Murphy's firing the big eleven for sixteen from Truesdale. You might
+take that.”
+
+“Got a good man to run it?” asked Jim.
+
+“Jawn Donohue's on the switch engine,” replied the operator. “He knows
+the road.”
+
+Jim dimly remembered the name Donohue. Somewhat more than a year before
+his manager had reduced a man of that name for crippling an engine on a
+flying switch.
+
+“He's the best man you could get, Mr. Weeks,” said the agent, and
+turning, he ran down the platform toward the freight house. Jim called
+after him:--
+
+“He's got to connect at Manchester with the twelve o'clock for Chicago.”
+
+Jawn's dumpy little engine was blowing off on a siding. Jawn was oiling.
+He was a short man, filling out his wide overalls with an in-'em-to-stay
+appearance. His beard was brushy, his eyes were lost in a gray tangle of
+brows and lashes, and he chewed the stem of a cob pipe.
+
+“Jawn,” said the agent, excitedly, “get eleven up to the platform
+quick!”
+
+Jawn turned around, lowered the oil-can, and looked at the nervous agent
+with impassive eyes.
+
+“Why?” he said slowly.
+
+“You've got to connect with Manchester at twelve o'clock.”
+
+Jawn replaced his pipe.
+
+“Wait till I kick them empties in on the house track. Who's it for?”
+
+“Don't stop for that! It's the President!”
+
+Jawn grunted, and walked deliberately across the tracks and into the
+roundhouse, followed by his fireman. Murphy, the hostler, was hovering
+about the big throbbing locomotive, putting a final polish on the
+oil-cups and piston-rods. Jawn, without a word, climbed into the cab,
+and out over the tender, where he lifted the tank lid and peered down at
+the water.
+
+“Never mind that,” the agent called. “You can water up at Byron.”
+
+Jawn slowly clambered over the coal and leaned against the doorway,
+packing the tobacco firmly into his pipe with his fire-proof little
+finger.
+
+“Young man,” he said gruffly, “I run this engine for four years without
+taking water between here and Manchester, and I reckon I can do it
+agin.” Then he pulled her slowly out of the roundhouse.
+
+In the meantime, the operator had sent this message to the train
+despatcher at Manchester:--
+
+ Want right of way over everything. Pres. coming on light engine.
+
+To which the despatcher replied:--
+
+ Run to Manchester extra regardless of all trains.
+
+When the engine finally rolled into the station Jim was pacing up and
+down; he was as nearly impatient as Jim Weeks could be.
+
+“You'll have to move faster than that,” he said shortly, swinging
+himself up the steps.
+
+Jawn glanced at him without reply, then looked at his watch. It was
+twenty minutes after ten. He laid his hand upon the throttle and pulled.
+There was a gasp of steam, a whirring and slipping of the drive wheels,
+and the engine plunged forward. Jawn fingered the lever with a lover's
+caress. He knew old “eleven,” every foot of her, every tube, bolt, and
+strap. As they cleared the yards, he threw her wider and wider open
+until she was lunging and lurching madly. The cinders beat a tattoo
+upon the cab, and Jim Weeks crowded up into the corner. The fireman,
+a strapping young fellow, threw in great shovels of coal with the
+regularity of a machine, pausing only to wipe his forehead with the back
+of his hand as the heat grew intense. When he opened the furnace door,
+Jim could see the glowing bed lift and stir with the jolt of the engine.
+
+Old Jawn, perched upon his high seat, never shifted his eyes from the
+track ahead. His face wore the usual scowl, but betrayed no emotion.
+Perhaps his teeth gripped the pipe-stem harder than usual, but then,
+it was a pregnant hour for Jawn. The feel of the old pet under his hand
+made his heart jump, and brought the hope that a successful run might
+lead him back to his own. Jawn knew that he deserved something better
+than a switch engine in the division yards, he knew that he was the best
+engineer on the road, but he had steeled himself against hope. As they
+whirled past the mile-posts his emotion grew. He felt that the President
+was watching him closely, and he coaxed the steel thing into terrific
+speed. The cab grew hotter and hotter. Jim loosened his grip on the seat
+long enough to unbutton his collar and to twist his handkerchief around
+his neck. The fireman was dripping, but Jawn sat immovable as marble.
+They whirled past little stations with a sudden roar. At Brushingham a
+passenger train lay on the siding. There was a mottled flash of yellow,
+then they were by, and for an instant Jawn smiled. He hadn't passed Jack
+Martin like that for years.
+
+Then they struck the hills. Up with a snort, over with a groan, and
+down with a rumble and slide, they flew. Here Jawn's eyes shifted to
+the water gauge. Jim locked one arm around the window post, and sat with
+eyes fixed on his watch. The minute hand crept around to eleven, passed
+it, and on to five, ten, fifteen, twenty, twenty-five. At thirty-five
+clusters of cottages began to shoot by. Jawn's arm began to
+straighten--the roar diminished a trifle. Thirty-seven they passed rows
+of coal-laden flat cars; thirty-nine, they slackened through a tangle
+of tracks; forty-one, the big engine rolled under the train shed and
+stopped in a cloud of steam.
+
+Jim stepped down and stretched himself. The fireman had staggered back
+into the tender, and lay in a heap, fanning himself with his cap. Jawn
+took a final glance at the water gauge, then he swung around and removed
+his cold pipe.
+
+“Mr. Weeks,” he said gruffly, “I brung ye a hundred and three mile in
+eighty-one minutes. There ain't another man on the line could 'a' done
+it. I reckon that's why there's nothing for me but a switch engine.”
+ Without waiting for a reply he seized an oil-can and swung out of the
+cab. Jim followed in silence, and hurried away with a grim smile.
+
+At two-thirty Jim was in his Chicago office. For some time he was
+closeted with Myers, treasurer of the road, then he closed his desk and
+went out. He spent an hour with Spencer, a capitalist and an M. & T.
+director. From four to six he was locked in his office, going through
+his various collateral securities. At six he locked his office and went
+home with a feeling of relief. The battle was on, and Jim was ready.
+There would be a meeting at his house that evening between Spencer,
+Myers, and himself; not a long meeting, but one productive of results.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+
+TUESDAY EVENING
+
+Harvey West liked to be comfortable. His rooms were in a quiet apartment
+house on the West Side, within easy reach of the Metropolitan Elevated,
+and not far from the big house where Jim Weeks held bachelor sway.
+Harvey was not a musician, but a good piano stood in his sitting room.
+He had accumulated a few etchings and two bronzes; and on the centre
+table were piled the latest books. Harvey read these about as he
+listened to Grand Opera--he recognized that a man should keep in touch
+with such things. In a vague way he enjoyed them, but he was too honest
+to cultivate the glib generalities that give so many men a rating
+as connoisseurs of art, music, and literature. Harvey liked action.
+Business appealed to him, anything with motion and excitement; then,
+after the fever of the day, he was drawn to a few friends and a good
+cigar. But back behind his straightforward democratic temperament there
+was a dash of good blood, the sifting down of generations of gentlemen
+and gentlewomen, that accounted for Harvey's inherent good taste. He
+could not criticise the technique of a picture, but he never selected a
+poor one. And the few books he really liked were the kind one can read
+once a year with profit.
+
+Early on this Tuesday evening Harvey was trying to read, but his eyes
+would wander and his brow contract. At intervals he would turn in his
+chair and endeavor to bring his thoughts back to the book. Finally he
+shut it with a bang and, walking to the window, stood looking out over
+the city. It had been a hard day for Harvey. He had passed hours waiting
+to learn the result of Jim's efforts to head off McNally. The news that
+C. & S.C. would undoubtedly control the Tillman City stock at election
+had been closely followed by the discovery of unexpected strength in
+the opposition directors. People used to say of Jim that he was never so
+happy as when fighting in his last ditch, but Harvey derived no pleasure
+from such operations. On this occasion he was particularly troubled. He
+felt that his failure to tend to business the preceding afternoon had
+contributed largely to the loss of Tillman City; and, worst of all, what
+a fool Miss Porter must think him.
+
+The boulevard below was hedged with two long rows of gas-lamps which
+converged far away to the south. Sounds of the street floated up to
+him--the clatter of hoofs on the asphalt, disjointed conversations
+from wheelmen, juvenile calls and whistles. Harvey looked down at the
+strolling crowds on the sidewalk, and felt lonely. He turned away from
+the window, and took a cigar from the hospitable box on the mantel. Near
+the box was a kodak picture of Miss Porter which he had taken some time
+before. He held the picture to the light, and gazed at it earnestly.
+“You had a fine laugh over me yesterday, didn't you, when your father
+told you all about it?”
+
+Harvey's big sitting room was popular. His friends had the comfortable
+habit of dropping in at almost any hour of the day or night, sure of
+a hearty welcome. But to-night the thought of visitors caused him to
+replace the picture suddenly, seize his hat and stick, and start out
+for--somewhere. At first he entertained a dim notion of going to Lincoln
+Park, so he took the elevated down town, and started north on the Clark
+Street cable. But as the car jolted along, he remembered that the band
+did not play Tuesday evenings. He might take in the electric fountain,
+but in the crowd you couldn't go about and look at people without being
+in other people's way. Harvey was fond of the great public, but he liked
+to hold himself in the background. He rode past the Park under the long
+row of elms, gazing absently at the thronging walk where the middle
+strata of North Side humanity take their evening promenade. Passing
+the Park, he decided to go on to the Bismarck, where he could be among
+people and yet remain alone.
+
+A few minutes before eight he walked between the brown dragons which
+guard the entrance, and crossed the raised pavilion between the street
+and the garden. At the head of the stairs he paused a moment, then he
+turned aside and seated himself at a table near by, where he could lean
+against the railing and overlook the crowd below.
+
+It was still somewhat early, and the long rows of white tables stood
+vacant. By daylight the trees in a summer garden wear a homesick look,
+but to-night the festooned incandescent lamps spread a soft yellow light
+through the foliage, already thinned, though the night was warm, by
+the touch of September; while high up on their white poles the big
+arcs threw down a weird blue glare, casting a confusion of half-opaque
+shadows upon the gravelled earth. Far to the front was the stage with
+its half dome; the double-bass was tuning his instrument, a few others
+were sorting music or running over difficult passages.
+
+By this time the crowd was pouring in and spreading among the tables.
+Harvey leaned back and watched the almost unbroken line that moved from
+the gate to the steps. There were a great many family groups, with here
+and there a chaperoned party from the suburbs. A sound of scraping
+and squealing and grunting from the stage announced the orchestral
+preliminaries. There was a scattering fusillade of applause as the tall
+conductor appeared. Looking through the trees, Harvey could see him
+rap his stand and raise both arms. The concert was on. Harvey's glance
+shifted back to the stairway, and he started. On the bottom step,
+looking about for a vacant table, was William C. Porter. Behind him,
+standing, with head thrown back, was Miss Katherine Porter. For a moment
+she looked at the shifting scene before her. Harvey noted with hungry
+eyes the poise of her figure. Then she turned deliberately, and bowed to
+Harvey with a bright smile.
+
+A little later, as Harvey sat alone listening to the music, Mr. Porter
+appeared, picking his way toward the centre aisle. Harvey watched him
+idly. He finally reached the stairway, and came straight to Harvey's
+table.
+
+“Good evening, Mr. West,” he said, holding out his hand. “Won't you join
+us? We shall be here for an hour, anyway.”
+
+Harvey rose, and looked across the diagonal line of tables. Miss Porter
+was leaning forward with a smile. Harvey's mind had been made up, but he
+changed it and followed Mr. Porter.
+
+Katherine received him brightly and immediately put him at ease. For the
+time he forgot that Mr. Porter and he were nominal enemies. Mr. Porter
+talked entertainingly of the people about them, a subject which Harvey
+could continue with intelligence; and he was gratified to note the
+interest in the daughter's eyes as he commented on the oddities of human
+character.
+
+They were looking at a party of Germans, who sat listening to the music
+with the stolid interest of the race, when Mr. Porter rose and beckoned.
+Katherine nodded to some one behind Harvey. A moment later he was
+shaking hands with Mr. McNally.
+
+“We've been watching for you for some time,” said Mr. Porter, as McNally
+took the vacant chair.
+
+“Have you?” McNally smiled easily. “I wish you had said that, Miss
+Porter.”
+
+“Oh, Mr. McNally, you know I was hoping for you.”
+
+Harvey's eyes betrayed him, for she added in a bantering tone,--
+
+“We must say such things to Mr. McNally, Mr. West; if we don't, he gets
+simply unbearable.”
+
+McNally looked at her with an amused expression. Evidently they
+understood each other. As the banter continued, Harvey began to feel
+uncomfortable. He tried to listen to the orchestra, which was playing a
+lively march.
+
+“Good, isn't it?” said Miss Porter to Harvey.
+
+“Splendid,” he replied.
+
+“Do you think so?” observed Mr. McNally. “Seems to me Bunge's a little
+off to-night. Too much drum. Queer motions, hasn't he?”
+
+Herr Bunge's motions were queer. He was very tall and spare, with an
+angular, smooth-shaven face, and with a luxuriant growth of hair that
+waved and flopped in the gentle breeze. His long arms were principally
+elbow, and they swayed and crooked and jerked as though he were pulling
+the music down out of the air. At times when he turned to the belated
+second violins, his gaunt profile would appear in silhouette against a
+glare of electric light.
+
+“Do you know,” said McNally, fingering his programme, “Bunge ought to
+stick to this kind of stuff. Last week I heard him play some of the
+Queen Mab music, and it was wilful slaughter. Poor old Berlioz would
+have sobbed aloud if he had heard it.”
+
+Harvey felt awkward. He could not follow McNally's comments, and it
+humiliated him. Miss Porter was quick to observe his silence, and
+endeavored to draw him into the conversation, while Mr. McNally seemed
+determined to hold the reins. There was some good-natured fencing, then
+Mr. Porter rose.
+
+“You'll excuse us, Mr. West,” he said pleasantly. “We have an engagement
+for the latter part of the evening.”
+
+“Yes,” added his daughter, “we promised to go out to Edgewater--the
+Saddle and Cycle, you know.”
+
+Harvey bowed and stood immovable, as father, daughter, and Mr. McNally
+left the garden. She had given him a quick glance, and he wondered what
+it meant. He sat down and absently broke the straws in his glass. The
+orchestra had stopped, and a buzz of conversation floated into the
+foliage. White-clad waiters bustled about with trays piled high.
+
+After another number he started for home, blue and angry. As he left
+the elevated and walked down Ashland Avenue, he saw that Jim's house
+was lighted up, and he crossed over. Jim and he were better friends than
+their relative positions indicated. Neither had family ties, and
+Jim's interest in the younger man was perhaps the nearest approach to
+sentiment he had felt for years. He seldom openly showed his regard, but
+Harvey was perfectly conscious of it, and he valued it highly.
+
+Jim was sitting alone at the table in the library. He greeted Harvey
+by tipping back and waving toward a seat. The table was littered with
+papers.
+
+“How are you?” said Jim. “We've stolen a march on you.”
+
+Harvey smiled, and threw himself wearily into a chair at the other end
+of the table.
+
+“What is it?” he asked. “C. & S.C. again?”
+
+Jim nodded, and drawing out his cigar case, he took one and tossed the
+case down to Harvey, then said:--
+
+“Yes, and I think we've got 'em down. We've issued some more stock.”
+ He leaned on the table and spoke in a confidential tone. “And I reckon
+Porter'll be doing a hornpipe when he finds it out.”
+
+“Who took it?” asked Harvey.
+
+“Spencer, Myers, and I. The books haven't been closed, you know.”
+
+Harvey blew out a thin cloud of smoke, and looked at it meditatively.
+
+“Nine thousand shares,” continued Jim, “If there's anything he can do
+now, he's welcome to try.”
+
+“Do you think he will try?”
+
+“Oh, yes, he'll come at us with something or other. But he can't do a
+thing.”
+
+There was a long silence, then Harvey said,--
+
+“You didn't pay cash for the stock?”
+
+“Ten per cent,” Jim replied.
+
+Harvey fingered his cigar. Every new move of Jim's bewildered him. Jim's
+imperturbability, and his eagerness for a fight where some men would
+be discouraged, were qualities that Harvey was slow in acquiring. His
+admiration for Jim amounted almost to reverence. Perhaps had he realized
+the bitter fighting that was yet to come, if he could have foreseen the
+part that he was to play with zeal and judgment, he would have been even
+more bewildered, but Harvey was plucky enough; it needed only the right
+circumstances to develop him.
+
+“If he does fight,” said Jim, breaking the silence, “if he succeeds in
+landing on us, why, then, look out for war. I'll put my last cent into
+M. & T. before I'll give him a chance at it.”
+
+“Is he likely to grab the road?”
+
+“Maybe he'll try. But I'll have five hundred men with guns in his way.
+I'll tell you, West, I'm not going to give in. I never have yet.”
+
+“No,” said Harvey, thoughtfully, “I don't believe you have.” And he
+added, “I saw Porter to-night.”
+
+“Where?”
+
+“Up at the Bismarck. McNally was with him.”
+
+“Anybody else?”
+
+“His daughter.”
+
+“Pretty girl, I hear.”
+
+“Yes,”--Harvey spoke slowly,--“she is. A very pretty girl. Her father
+seems to be a gentleman.”
+
+“Oh, Porter's all right. He's doing what 'most any man in his place
+would do. It's business. There's nothing personal in it.”
+
+“I suppose not,” Harvey replied. “It's still a little odd to me. I'm
+afraid I'd want to break his head.”
+
+Jim laughed.
+
+“You'll get over that. I reckon you haven't got anything against his
+daughter.”
+
+“Perhaps not,” said Harvey; “but that's different.”
+
+“Oh, is it?”
+
+Harvey sat for a moment without reply, then he tossed his half-smoked
+cigar into the ashtray and rose.
+
+“Don't go, West. I shall be up for a long while.”
+
+“I'm tired,” Harvey replied. “I need sleep. Good night.”
+
+Harvey walked home slowly. Once in his room, he did not light up;
+instead he drew an easy-chair to the window and stretched out where he
+could feel the breeze. It had been a strange evening. He went back over
+the conversation in the Bismarck. Katherine had seemed even prettier
+than usual; but before every picture of her rose the calm, smiling face
+of McNally--McNally with his pudgy hands and his cool blue eyes, his
+ease and his well-placed comment. Harvey rested an elbow on the sill and
+looked out the window. The crowds were gone now. No sound came save the
+rustle of the leaves and the occasional rumble of the elevated trains.
+The moon was clouded, but over the trees the stars were out, as clear
+and soft as on other evenings that had not seemed so dreary. He turned
+away and walked over to the mantel, where Katherine's picture leaned
+against the wall. He found it without striking a light, and brought it
+to the window. By the dim light from the street and the sky, he could
+see her face in faint outline.
+
+“Well, Miss Katherine,” he said, looking into the shadowy eyes, “I guess
+Jim Weeks isn't the only fighter here.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+
+JUDGE BLACK
+
+There are two kinds of business men: those who make their business at
+once work and play, a means of acquiring wealth and a most exciting
+game whose charms make all other games seem flat and unprofitable; and
+another class who, though they may enjoy work, turn for recreation to
+whist or philanthropy or golf. Porter belonged to the latter class. He
+went into the fight against Jim Weeks simply because he hoped it would
+make him richer, and it did not occur to him that he could enjoy the
+action. On Wednesday morning he sat in his office wondering if he could
+not get away to the Truesdale golf links for a match that afternoon.
+
+He looked over the ground carefully, and could see no way by which Weeks
+could save himself from defeat, for the control of Tillman City gave C.
+& S.C. a majority of the stock. Weeks's allies were deserting him,
+so that he now had a bare majority in the Board of Directors. Anyway,
+McNally would be on the ground in case Jim should try to do anything.
+
+“Well,” thought Porter, “I'll go. I guess it's safe enough.” He had
+closed his desk when the door opened and an office boy came in with a
+telegram. Porter tore it open listlessly, but his indolence vanished as
+he read the first line. The message was from Manchester, and it read as
+follows:--
+
+ M. & T. subscription book stubs show issue of nine thousand shares
+ new stock to Weeks, Myers, and Spencer, ten per cent paid, dated
+ yesterday.
+
+ POWERS.
+
+When a man finds himself in an ambush, or when an utterly unexpected
+attack is made upon him, he shows what he is. It was characteristic of
+Porter that after the moment of dazed unrealization had passed he began
+almost mechanically to plan a break for cover; he wished that he had
+not gone into the fight, and berated his stupidity in not foreseeing the
+move; it had not occurred to him that the subscription for the stock had
+not closed long ago. After a few minutes of vain search for an avenue
+of retreat, he saw that it was too late to do anything but fight it out;
+Jim Weeks was not likely to let an antagonist off easily.
+
+He called to his secretary: “Telephone Shields to come over here, will
+you, as soon as he can? And ask McNally to come too.” While he was
+waiting for them he sat quite still in his big chair and thought hard,
+but he could see no way of countering the blow.
+
+The two men he had sent for came into the office together. Porter
+did not rise. With a nod of greeting he handed the yellow envelope to
+McNally, who whistled softly as he caught its import, and passed it on
+to Shields, an attorney for the C. & S.C., an emotionless, noncommittal
+man.
+
+“Hm--it looks as though that beat you,” he said slowly.
+
+Porter lost his nerve and his temper too for a moment. He rose quickly
+and took a step toward the lawyer.
+
+“Hell, man!” he exclaimed angrily. “We can't be beat. We've got to get
+out of this some way. That's what you're here for.” Then he recovered
+himself. “I beg your pardon, Shields. Sit down, and we'll talk this
+business over.”
+
+For nearly an hour the three men sat in earnest consultation; then the
+secretary was called in.
+
+“Find out if Judge Black is in Truesdale,” said Porter. “If he is, I
+want to talk to him.” Then he turned to Shields.
+
+“That's our move,” he said. “We can allege fraud on the ground that
+the stock was issued secretly and with the purpose of influencing the
+election. Black's the man for that business.”
+
+“It isn't much of a case, mind you,” said Shields. “I'm afraid that
+Weeks's action is not illegal, and that a court would sustain it, but
+it's possible to raise a question that it will take time to decide.”
+
+“That's all we need,” said Porter, with a sigh of relief. “If we raise
+the question, Black will do the rest.”
+
+It was several minutes before the secretary came back from the
+telephone.
+
+“Well, did you get him?” asked Porter.
+
+“No,” said the secretary; “he isn't in Truesdale.”
+
+“Where is he?”
+
+“I couldn't find out. His stenographer wouldn't tell me.”
+
+“Wouldn't tell you, eh?” said Porter. “Just get Truesdale again; I'll
+talk with that young man myself.”
+
+When he began talking his voice was mild and persuasive, and Shields and
+McNally listened expectantly. As the minutes went by and he did not get
+the information he wanted, it became evident that the cocksure young
+man at the other end of the line was rasping through what was left of
+Porter's patience as an emery wheel does through soft iron. As might be
+expected, the process was accompanied with a shower of sparks. Porter's
+voice rose and swelled in volume until at last he shouted, “You don't
+care who I am? Why, you damned little fool--” and then he stopped, for a
+sharp click told him that he was cut off, even from the central office,
+and he was not angry enough to go on swearing at an unresponsive
+telephone.
+
+For a moment he stood biting his lip in a nervous effort to control
+himself, then he joined feebly in the laughter the other two men had
+raised against him. A moment later he pulled out his watch, and turning
+to McNally said:--
+
+“Keep your eye on Weeks, will you? I'm going to Truesdale on the
+eleven-thirty to find Black. Good-by.”
+
+Katherine was not surprised when twenty minutes later her father
+appeared and told her his plans. That was the train she had expected
+they would take.
+
+“I'm going along too,” she said. “You're going to play golf this
+afternoon, aren't you?”
+
+“No,” replied her father, shortly, “I'm not going to play golf. I'm
+going to play something else.”
+
+The five-hour ride to Truesdale was for the most part a silent one.
+Katherine knew that her father was worried about something, and when he
+was worried he never liked to talk, so she asked no questions and made
+no attempt to draw him away from what troubled him. Only when they
+reached Truesdale and her father was about to help her into the cart
+that stood waiting she stopped long enough to kiss him and say:--
+
+“Don't bother too much about it, dad. And don't plan any business for
+this evening; I want you to take me out on the river.” As she turned
+the cart around and started up the broad smooth street toward home she
+frowned, and thought, “I wish he would tell me more about things. I
+believe I could help.”
+
+Porter went straight to Judge Black's to continue his conversation with
+the stenographer, but it needed no more than a glance to convince him of
+the futility of trying to get any information from that source.
+
+The new stenographer was a boyish-looking person who tried to convince
+one that he was much older than his appearance would indicate. He
+had big feet and a high voice; he used only the bottom notes for
+conversational purposes save when in unwary moments Nature would assert
+herself in a hoarse falsetto. He patronized Mr. Porter. He said that the
+Judge had left town the week before, and that he would probably be back
+in about ten days. He would send him no messages whatever, from anybody:
+those were Judge Black's orders.
+
+The young man seemed willing to go on talking at great length, and he
+doubtless would have done so had not Porter suddenly left the room. The
+Vice-President had thought of a possible clew. He walked rapidly to the
+railroad ticket office and spoke to the agent.
+
+“Did Judge Black leave town a few days ago?” he asked.
+
+“Yes, sir,” answered the agent. “I don't remember just what day, but he
+went up on twenty-two.”
+
+“Oh, he went east then. Do you remember where?”
+
+“His ticket read to Chicago.”
+
+Porter walked away thoroughly disappointed. The chance had looked like
+a good one and there seemed to be no other. But he must in some way find
+the Judge; he could not wait for him. The first thing he did was to call
+up McNally by telephone and repeat to him what the agent had said. He
+told McNally to find out at what hotel the Judge had stayed, if at any,
+and to look for anything which might prove a clew to his whereabouts.
+“It's a wild-goose chase, I know,” he concluded; “but then you may
+manage to turn up something.” He knew that McNally would do everything
+that could be done in Chicago toward finding the missing Judge, so he
+went to work along other lines.
+
+Judge Black was a member of two fishing clubs, one at Les Chenaux
+Islands, near Mackinac, and the other about forty miles north of
+Minneapolis, so Porter sent long and urgent telegrams to both these
+places. Then he began making long shots, working through a list of more
+or less likely places, which his knowledge of Black's tastes and habits
+enabled him to get together. Just before dinner a message came from
+McNally:--
+
+ Black at Sherman House Friday. Clerk says he took three-thirty train
+ on Northwestern for Lake Geneva. Can run him down in morning.
+
+Thursday morning the two little telegraph boys at Lake Geneva and the
+one at William's Bay had a busy time of it, for Porter and McNally
+between them kept the wires hot; but neither hide nor hair of Judge
+Alonzo Black could they discover. From ten o'clock on through an
+interminable day the messages kept coming back, 'not delivered.' At
+half-past four Porter telephoned his lieutenant to go to the lake and
+continue the search in person.
+
+At seven Katherine and her father sat down to dinner. She had known all
+day that something was going wrong with her father's affairs, and she
+could read in his silent preoccupied manner that he had not yet been
+able to see a way out of the difficulty. She knew that she could not
+make him forget his troubles. Many vain attempts had taught her that,
+so she waited. The long dinner wore on Porter's nerves; once he rose
+suddenly and walked toward his library, but stopped short when he
+reached the door and came back to the table. Then he drummed on the arm
+of his chair.
+
+“Two days more of this,” he said, with a nervous laugh, “and that man
+Black will have my life to answer for.”
+
+“Judge Black?” asked Katherine. “What has he done?”
+
+“Done? He's disappeared off the face of the earth just at this
+particular moment when I've got to have him here.”
+
+“Why,” cried Katherine, “I know where he is. He's at the Grand View
+Hotel--” she paused and leaned forward, her elbows on the table and her
+hands clasped before her. “It's some place up in Wisconsin that sounds
+like alpaca. Waupaca--that's it. Grand View Hotel, Waupaca, Wisconsin.”
+
+“Are you sure that's right?” he asked. “How do you know?”
+
+“Mr. West told me,” she answered. “There was such a good joke on him in
+the paper. I meant to tell you about it.”
+
+But Porter was smiling over something else. After a moment he said:--
+
+“We'd have been swamped long ago in this M. & T. business if it hadn't
+been for the kind services of that wise and valuable young man, West. I
+think I'll pay him a regular salary after this to keep him on the other
+side in all the fights I get into. Lord, what a fool he is!”
+
+He left the room so abruptly that he did not see how Katherine's cheeks
+reddened, nor how her lips pressed together in vexation. If he had he
+would not have known the reason for it any more than Katherine did.
+
+
+
+Rainbow Lake is pretty in the daytime, but it is beautiful under the
+moonlight when you can stretch out distances and imagine that the lights
+at Bagley's Landing are those of a city twenty miles away, and when the
+solid pine groves on Maple and Government islands loom up big and black.
+The Judge was enjoying his vacation the better for its lateness. He had
+bolted his supper early enough to secure his favorite chair in the best
+part of the piazza: a mandolin orchestra was playing a waltz from “The
+Serenade,” and playing it well, the Judge thought. He threw away
+the match with which he had lighted his third cigar--to keep off the
+mosquitoes, he blandly told his conscience--and leaned back in the
+Morris chair, thinking how congruously comfortable it all was, now that
+he had his own clothes and the 'bus man could work without soiling his
+other suit.
+
+A clerk came out of the office, peered about in the half light for a
+moment, and approached the Judge, touching him on the shoulder.
+
+“Judge Black,” he said, “Truesdale wants to talk to you on the 'phone.”
+
+Five minutes later the legal luminary came out of the telephone box.
+He was swearing earnestly, but softly, out of deference to the
+candy-and-cigar girl. He walked slowly across the office.
+
+“There's a train for Chicago at 8.30, isn't there?” he asked.
+
+“Yes,” said the clerk. “Do you want to take it?”
+
+There was another pianissimo interlude, at the end of which the clerk
+was given to understand that he should order the 'bus for that train.
+Then the Judge went back for his chair, but it was occupied by a little
+girl who was just too old to be asked to sit somewhere else.
+
+As Jim Weeks had said, Thompson wouldn't fight, and Porter realized this
+quite as well as Jim. The recalcitrant Vice-President played no part
+in Porter's calculations except as a somewhat blundering and obstinate
+tool. But on Friday morning Thompson's office boy announced Mr. Porter.
+Porter stated his case clearly. It was his plan to remove Weeks and
+Myers by judicial order from the Board of Directors. That would leave
+the opposition a majority of the board. Then Thompson was to call a
+meeting and assume control of the books. That done, the battle would be
+decided, and the election a mere formality. Thompson was badly rattled,
+for he hadn't a grain of sand in his composition, but in the end he
+conquered his fears and agreed to play the part Porter assigned to him.
+
+At half-past two a disjointed-looking train panted into the Harrison
+Street Station, and Judge Black climbed disconsolately out of the
+smoker. There was a coating of cinders on the top of his derby hat;
+there were drifts of cinders in the curl of the brim; there were streaks
+of cinders along the lines where his coat wrinkled; and there was one
+cinder in his left eye which gave him so leery and bibulous an aspect
+that an old lady who narrowly escaped colliding with him turned and
+looked after him in indignation, being half minded to go back and plead
+with him to lead a better life.
+
+It was fifteen minutes later when the Judge reached Porter's office, but
+before three o'clock he had signed an order enjoining James Weeks and
+Johnson Myers from acting as directors of, or from interfering in any
+way with, the affairs of the corporation known as the Manchester &
+Truesdale Railroad Company, and from voting the nine thousand shares of
+stock in that company which had been issued September 25th.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+
+BETWEEN THE LINES
+
+On Friday afternoon Harvey closed his desk with a feeling of relief.
+There had been plenty of work for the past few days, and Harvey's
+thoughts had acquired such wandering habits that his work seemed harder
+than usual. He had not seen Katherine since Tuesday evening, but
+another note, dated Thursday evening, was in his coat pocket. He read it
+again:--
+
+ MY DEAR MR. WEST: As you have inferred from the postmark I am back at
+ Truesdale; we returned Wednesday. I have about despaired of seeing
+ you here, at least of your own free will, so I have decided to kidnap
+ you. Will you come to a coaching party Saturday afternoon--or rather
+ a brake party? We shall start from our house, weather permitting, at
+ four o'clock, and drive out to Oakwood, returning by moonlight.
+ Please don't let any stupid business interfere with your coming down
+ and having a jolly time.
+
+ Cordially,
+
+ KATHERINE PORTER.
+
+Harvey slowly folded the note and replaced it in his pocket. Then he
+spoke to Jim.
+
+“Mr. Weeks, will you need me to-morrow?”
+
+Jim looked up pleasantly. Since the recent issue of M. & T. stock, Jim's
+eyes had smiled almost continuously.
+
+“Guess not,” he replied. “Going away?”
+
+“Just over Sunday.”
+
+“You aren't going anywhere near Truesdale, are you?”
+
+“Why, yes.”
+
+Jim whirled around to his desk and rummaged through some pigeonholes.
+
+“I want to get word to a man down there,” he said,--“some fellow that
+Fox talks about, who has a good team to sell. I thought I had his card.
+Well, never mind, I'll call up Fox in the morning and get his name and
+address. Then if you have time”--Jim smiled--“you might talk with him
+and see what they are. Don't commit yourself; just size things up.”
+
+Harvey bowed.
+
+“I don't believe you need come around in the morning. I'll call you up
+or wire you. But don't lose any dinners on account of it.”
+
+The next morning Harvey went to Truesdale.
+
+The Oakwood Club House stands on a knoll some eight miles up the river
+from Truesdale. Giant elms shade the wide veranda, while others droop
+over the white macadam drive that swings steeply down to the bridge
+and vanishes in a grove of oak, hickory, and birch. If you stand on the
+steps and look west, you can see, through the immediate foliage, the
+Maiden County hills, their blue tops contrasting with the nearer green
+of the valley. To the left, an obtruding wing checks the view; on the
+right, leading straight down to the river, is a well-worn path.
+
+After dinner the party strolled up and down the veranda, gradually
+separating into couples. The twilight creeping down found Harvey and
+Miss Porter alone by the railing. She stood erect, looking out over the
+valley, her scarlet golf jacket thrown back, her hair disordered by the
+long ride and curling about her face. Harvey watched her in silence. He
+was glad that she was tall; he liked to meet her eyes without looking
+down. He had often tried to remember the color of those eyes. Presently
+she turned and looked at him.
+
+“They're gray,” he said, half to himself.
+
+“No,” she replied; “sometimes they are brown and sometimes green. They
+are not gray.”
+
+Harvey leaned forward.
+
+“I'm sure they are.”
+
+For a moment they stood looking into each other's eyes, then she turned
+away with a little laugh and removed her sailor hat, swinging it from
+her hand.
+
+“Look,” she said, with an impulsive gesture toward the west. Harvey
+followed her gaze. The dark was settling into the valley. There were
+splotches of foliage and waves of meadow, with a few winding strips of
+silver where the river broke away from the trees. “And to think that we
+have only a few more such days.”
+
+“Yes,”--he spoke softly,--“we don't see things like that in Chicago.”
+
+“Why don't you come to Truesdale?”
+
+“So long as Mr. Weeks stays in Chicago, I am likely to be there too.”
+
+“You are fond of Mr. Weeks?”
+
+“Yes, I am.”
+
+“I never met him--I've heard a great deal about him.” She sat upon
+the railing and leaned back against a pillar, her eyes turned to the
+foliage. “Father says he is a good business man.”
+
+“He is.”
+
+“Mr. West,” she threw her head back with a peremptory toss--“I want you
+to tell me something.”
+
+“Wait,” he replied, “come to the river. Then I'll tell you anything.”
+
+She smiled, but acquiesced, and they went down the path. Harvey drew
+up a cedar boat and extended his hand, but she stepped lightly aboard
+without his aid. Harvey pushed away from the bank and began slowly to
+paddle against the current.
+
+“Now,” he said, “the Sister Confessor may proceed.”
+
+She looked up at him. He thought she was smiling, but she spoke
+earnestly.
+
+“I want you to tell me about this M. & T. fight.”
+
+“I don't believe there is anything to tell.”
+
+“You think I am not interested.”
+
+“No--not that.”
+
+“You men are all alike. You think a girl can't understand business.” She
+seemed to be musing. “You like a girl who is helpless and fluttery, who
+can be patronized.”
+
+“No,” said Harvey, “not that either.”
+
+“I wish you would tell me.”
+
+“How much do you know?”
+
+Before replying she looked out over the water for several moments.
+Harvey rested his oars and waited. She turned to him, still musing.
+
+“I'll be frank,” she said. “I am not going to say how much I know, but I
+want you to tell me all about it.”
+
+Harvey began to row.
+
+“Of course,” she went on, “I have heard father's friends talking.”
+
+Harvey smiled.
+
+“You puzzle me,” he remarked.
+
+“Why should any one wish to get control of your road?”
+
+“Because there is coal on the line.”
+
+“Is Mr. Weeks firmly in control?”
+
+Harvey leaned over the oars.
+
+“I wish I knew--” he hesitated. “Are we good friends?”
+
+“I can speak for myself.”
+
+“Why are you interested in this business?”
+
+“Because--well, I will tell you the truth. Of course I know that father
+and Mr. Weeks are--I suppose you would call it fighting. Father doesn't
+understand how I could ask you down to-day.”
+
+“I am glad you did.”
+
+“I wanted you to feel that--you see we have been good friends, and it
+would be too bad to let a thing like this--don't you understand?”
+
+Harvey leaned forward and impulsively extended his hand. She drew back.
+
+“Just shake hands,” said Harvey. He clasped hers firmly, releasing it
+with a quiet “Thank you.”
+
+They were drifting down stream under the trees with no sound save a
+faint rustle from overhead. Strands of moonlight sifted through the
+foliage, blurring the east bank into shadow.
+
+“Do you know what I am thinking of?” Harvey asked in a low tone. She
+smiled faintly and shook her head. They swung into a patch of moonlight,
+and for a moment their eyes met; then she looked away and said,--
+
+“We must go back.”
+
+“It isn't late,” Harvey remonstrated.
+
+“We must go back.”
+
+Harvey obediently took up the oars, then hesitated.
+
+“Please don't stay here,” she said.
+
+They went up the path in silence. The brake stood at the steps, and the
+other members of the party were laughing and talking on the veranda.
+Harvey stopped before they left the shadow. Miss Porter walked a few
+steps, then turned and faced him.
+
+“What is the matter?” he asked. “Can't you trust me? Are you afraid of
+me?”
+
+She came forward and laid her hand upon his arm.
+
+“Don't misunderstand me,” she said with hesitation. “If I were as sure
+of myself as I am of you--Come, they are watching us.”
+
+An hour later they stood at Mr. Porter's door.
+
+“Good night,” said Harvey, but she lingered.
+
+“Shall I see you to-morrow?”
+
+“Do you think I had better come?”
+
+“Why not?”
+
+“Perhaps your father--”
+
+“I want you to. Anyway,” smiling, “father is in Chicago.”
+
+Harvey smiled too.
+
+“I'll send the trap for you, and we'll drive--at ten, say. I suppose you
+are at the hotel.”
+
+“Yes,” said Harvey. “Good night.”
+
+Mr. Porter's summer home was located on the river bank, something less
+than a mile from the Truesdale Hotel. The walk was somewhat lonely, and
+it gave Harvey time to think. At first he was bewildered. She had seemed
+to be mistress of the situation, but at any rate he had told her nothing
+about M. & T. affairs. There came into his mind a suspicion that she
+knew more than she had led him to believe, for she would naturally not
+let a man who had no claim upon her sway her loyalty to her father. And
+yet, those eyes were honest. They had looked into his with an expression
+that would charm away graver doubts than his. “I'll make her tell me,”
+ he thought. “I'll find out to-morrow just what she means, and if--”
+ In spite of himself, Harvey's heart beat fast at thought of the
+possibilities which lay behind that “if.” From doubt, he drifted back
+into a review of the evening. He called up pictures of her on the brake,
+on the boat, or on the shaded path. When he reached the hotel he sat
+down on the veranda and lighted a cigar. “Yes,” he repeated to himself,
+“I'll make her tell me.” But in the morning, after a more or less steady
+sleep, Harvey looked out at the calm sunlight and changed his mind.
+“I'll wait,” he thought, “and see what happens.”
+
+At ten, the Porter trap stood in front of the hotel, and Harvey climbed
+into the trap and took the reins. As he started, a telegraph boy ran
+down the steps calling to him. Harvey took the yellow envelope and with
+a thought of Jim's errand he thrust it between his teeth, for the horses
+were prancing. Later he stuffed it into his pocket until he should reach
+the Porters'. The drive was exhilarating, and by the time he pulled up
+in the porte-cochere he had himself well in control. She did not keep
+him waiting, and they were soon whirling down the old river road.
+
+Katherine was in a bright mood. For a space they talked commonplaces.
+Harvey thought of the telegram, but dared not take his attention from
+the horses until they should run off a little spirit, so he let them go.
+
+“Isn't it splendid,” she said, drawing in the brisk air and looking at
+the broad stream on their right. “Do you know, I never see the river
+without thinking of the old days when this country was wild. It seems
+so odd to realize that Tonty and La Salle paddled up and down here. They
+may have camped where we are now. Sometimes in the evenings when we are
+on the river, I imagine I can see a line of canoes with strange, dark
+men in buckskin, and painted Indians, and solemn old monks, with Father
+Hennepin in the first canoe. So many curious old memories hover over
+this stream.”
+
+The horses were slowing. Harvey said abruptly,--
+
+“Will you mind if I open a telegram?”
+
+“Certainly not.” She reached out and took the reins. Harvey opened the
+envelope with his thumb. He read the message twice, then lowered it to
+his knees with a puzzled expression.
+
+“Bad news?” asked Miss Porter.
+
+“I don't know. Read it if you like.”
+
+She handed back the reins and read the following:--
+
+ Mr. Harvey West:
+
+ You are receiver M. & T. Come to Manchester at once.
+
+ Weeks.
+
+“Well,” he said, “what do you think?”
+
+She slowly folded the paper and creased it between her fingers.
+
+“Can you make it?” she asked.
+
+Harvey looked at his watch. “Train goes at eleven. I've got thirteen
+minutes.”
+
+“Turn around. It's only three miles. We can do it.”
+
+Harvey pulled up and turned. Then he hesitated.
+
+“How about the team?” he said; “I can't take you home.”
+
+“Never mind that. Quick; you can't lose any time. I'll get the team
+back.”
+
+Harvey nodded and gripped the reins, and in a moment the bays were in
+their stride. Harvey's hands were full, and he made no effort to talk.
+Miss Porter alternately watched him and the horses.
+
+“They can do better than that. You'll have to slow up in town, you
+know.” And Harvey urged them on.
+
+As they neared the town, Harvey spoke.
+
+“Will you look at my watch?”
+
+She threw back his coat and tugged at the fob until the watch appeared.
+“Three minutes yet. We're all right.”
+
+But a blocked electric car delayed them, and they swung up to the
+platform just at train-time. Harvey gripped her hand:--
+
+“Good-by. I shan't forget this.”
+
+But though her eyes danced, she only answered, “Please hurry!”
+
+As Harvey dropped into a seat and looked out the car window, he saw
+her sitting erect, holding the nervous team with firm control. And he
+settled back with a glow in his heart.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+
+JUDGE GREY
+
+On Friday, after Jim Weeks had told Harvey that he was free to go to
+Truesdale, he followed the young man almost fondly with his eyes and he
+did not at once resume the work which awaited him. For Harvey's request
+had set him thinking. During years that passed after the day when he
+took his last drive with Ethel Harvey, he had not dared to think of her.
+Later when he heard of her death, he did not try to analyze the impulse
+which led him to offer a position to Harvey. As he grew to know the
+young fellow he gradually admitted to himself his fondness for him, and
+now that he believed that Harvey was in love, he allowed himself for the
+first time the luxury of reminiscence.
+
+The old Louisville days came back to him when he and Ethel rode together
+through country lanes and he loved her. The wound was healed; it had
+lost its sting a score of years ago, but his mood was still tender, and
+as he stared at the pile of papers on his desk, thoughts of C. & S.C.
+were far away. At last, however, the consciousness of this came upon
+him and he thought, “I reckon I need exercise,” and then a moment
+later, “It'll be quite a trick, though, to find a horse that's up to my
+weight.”
+
+He had hardly taken up his work when Pease appeared and told him that
+a man wanted to see him. The man was a deputy sheriff, and he came to
+serve on James Weeks the injunction which Judge Black had signed in
+Porter's office two hours before.
+
+It may be that his earlier mood had something to do with it; for as Jim
+laid the paper on his desk, his thoughts went back half a century to one
+of his boyhood days. It was a summer afternoon, and Jim and some of his
+friends had been in swimming; somehow it became necessary for him to
+fight Thomas Ransome. Jim had never been in a fight before, and he had
+no theories whatever, but he found that he could hit hard, and it never
+occurred to him to try to parry. Thomas was forced to give back steadily
+until his farther retreat was cut off by the river and he saw that more
+vigorous tactics were required. With utter disregard of the laws of
+war he drove a vicious kick at Jim's stomach. Had it landed, its effect
+would probably have been serious, but Jim, for the first time since the
+fight began, stepped back, and with both hands gave additional impetus
+to the foot, so that Thomas kicked much higher than he had intended, and
+losing his balance, he toppled into the river with a very satisfactory
+splash.
+
+Jim smiled at the recollection and then read the injunction again to see
+if it were possible to catch Porter's foot. His eye rested long on the
+sputtery signature at the bottom, and he thought, “I might have known
+that Porter wouldn't go into this business without owning a Judge.”
+
+He put the paper in his pocket, then locked his desk, and with a word
+to Pease he left the office. Jim dined down town, and not until after
+dinner did he think of Harvey and his leave of absence. He would need
+his secretary to-morrow, and it would not do to have him out of reach.
+But the moments of reminiscence that afternoon came to Harvey's rescue,
+and Jim in the most unbusinesslike way decided to get on without his
+secretary. “He can't go through that but once,” thought Jim.
+
+He left the restaurant and walked rapidly to the Northern Station,
+and for the second time that week the Northern Limited took Jim to
+Manchester.
+
+Jim was going to see Judge Grey. He had already decided what he wanted
+the Judge to do; whether he could get him to do it was another question,
+which Jim was going to put to the test as soon as possible.
+
+The trains on the Northern in coming into Manchester run down the middle
+of one of the main business streets, and engineers are compelled by city
+statutes to run slowly. As the Limited slowed down, Jim walked out on
+the rear platform and stood gazing at the brightly lighted shop windows.
+At an intersecting street he saw a trolley car waiting for the train to
+pass; the blue light it showed told Jim it was the car he wanted, so
+he swung quickly off the train and stepped aboard the car as it came
+bumping over the crossing. It was evidently behind its schedule, for
+once on clear track again it sped along rapidly. A man was running to
+catch the car, and Jim watched him with amused interest. At first he
+gained, but as the speed of the car increased he gave up the race; but
+he had come near enough for Jim to recognize him as the man who had
+dined only a few tables from him that evening in Chicago and who had
+sat a few seats behind him on the Limited. Jim smiled. “They're mighty
+anxious to know what I'm doing,” he thought.
+
+Judge Grey did not go away on vacations. He was a homely man, with a
+large family, and he took serious views of life. He was country bred,
+and he had never outgrown a certain rusticity of appearance. It was said
+that his wife always cut his hair, and the concentric circles made by
+the neatly trimmed ends lent verisimilitude to the tale that she began
+at the crown with a butter dish to guide her scissors, then extended the
+diameter of her circle by using next a saucer, and last a soup bowl.
+
+The Judge greeted Jim warmly, invited him into the library, and sat down
+to hear what he had to say. Jim told him almost without reservation the
+story of the fight for the possession of M. & T., beginning with his
+large investment in the road and his election to the presidency of it.
+He did not try to make a good story; he told what had happened as simply
+and briefly as possible, and he interested Judge Grey. Part of it was
+already known to him, and part filled in gaps in his knowledge. To him
+it was the story of an honest struggle for something worth struggling
+for. When it came to the latest move, and Jim without comment handed him
+Black's injunction, the Judge's wrath flamed out.
+
+“That's an outrage!” he exclaimed. “It's just a legal hold-up.”
+
+“Possibly,” said Jim. “It was the best move they could make, though.
+But,” he went on after a short pause, “I've got the right in this
+business, and I want you to help me.”
+
+“You want me to dissolve the injunction, I suppose,” said the Judge,
+cautiously.
+
+“No,” said Jim. “I don't. Just the other way. I'd like you to issue an
+injunction that will go a little farther.”
+
+There was another short pause, and then Jim began explaining his
+plan. As he explained and argued, the fire, which had been crackling
+cheerfully when he came in, flickered more and more faintly, and it was
+but a fading glow when that most informal session of the Circuit Court
+in chancery sitting came to its conclusion.
+
+“That's all right, then,” said Jim at length, rising as he spoke.
+
+“Yes,” said the other. “We'll do it that way. Are you going right back
+to Chicago, Mr. Weeks?”
+
+“No,” said Jim. “I shall be here for some time. From now on this fight
+will be along the line of the road.”
+
+
+
+Mr. Wing was oppressed by a sense of his office boy's superiority. He
+read disapprobation in the round-eyed stare, and even the cut-steel
+buttons, though of Wing's own purveying, seemed arguslike in their
+critical surveillance. He would have abolished them had he not felt that
+the boy would understand the change. If the boy had only forgotten to
+copy letters or had manifested an unruly desire to attend his relatives'
+funerals, his employer would have been a happier man. As it was, he felt
+apologetic every time he came in late or went out early.
+
+The directors' meeting which Porter and Thompson had decided upon
+on Friday was to take place the next afternoon in Wing's office; so,
+contrary to the little man's custom on Saturday afternoons, he returned
+thither after lunch.
+
+Porter and Thompson were already there, and the former was giving
+the Vice-President his last instructions, with the evident purpose of
+stiffening him up a bit. For Thompson seemed to need stiffening badly.
+One by one, and two by two, the directors came straggling in, and
+presently Porter, with a parting injunction to Thompson, left the room
+and crossed over to McNally's office, where his lieutenant was waiting
+for him. There they plotted and planned and awaited the result of the
+directors' meeting across the hall.
+
+In Wing's office the meeting was about to begin. It was easy to
+distinguish between Jim's friends and the C. & S.C. people; for the
+former, a doleful minority, were crowded in one corner doing nothing
+because there was nothing they could do, while on the other side of the
+room were the gang, with Thompson in the centre, talking in low tones
+over the programme of the meeting. There seemed to be no hope whatever
+that the President would be able to save himself, for his opponents
+had a clear majority of two, and they were met to-day to press this
+advantage to the utmost. Had Jim been there at hand, his cause would
+not have seemed to his friends so desperate, for it was hard, looking at
+him, to imagine him defeated; his very bulk seemed prophetic of ultimate
+victory. But Jim was not there; he was not even in Chicago.
+
+There was one man in the minority group who seemed somewhat less
+cheerless than his companions. When they asked him what hope there was,
+what way of escape he saw, he could not answer, but he still professed
+to believe that the President's downfall was not so imminent as it
+seemed. And the thought that perhaps this one man knew more than he
+could tell kept the minority from becoming utterly discouraged. The
+foundation for his hopes lay in a telegram he had received that morning
+from Jim, which read, “_Don't get scared, everything all right._”
+ Evidently Jim was not submitting tamely, but whatever was going to
+happen must happen soon if it was not to be too late, for Thompson was
+already calling the meeting to order. As the directors seated
+themselves about the long table and listened to Thompson's opening
+remarks,--Thompson liked to make remarks,--it seemed that for once in
+his life Jim was beaten.
+
+At that moment, in the arched entrance to the Dartmouth, a man whose
+damp forehead and limp collar bore witness that he was in a hurry,
+turned away from the wall directory he had been scrutinizing and entered
+the nearest elevator.
+
+“Six,” he said. Once on the sixth floor he looked about for a minute
+or two and walked into the outer office where Buttons was on guard,
+demanding audience with Mr. Wing.
+
+“Mr. Wing is in,” said the boy, “but he is engaged and can't be
+disturbed.”
+
+“They're here, are they?” said the man. “Well, I want to see Mr. Wing
+and Mr. Thompson and Mr. Powers.”
+
+“But you can't see them,” was the answer. “There's a directors' meeting
+in there.”
+
+“In there, eh?” said the man, and without further parley with Buttons,
+he entered the room indicated, closing the door behind him.
+
+Meanwhile Porter and McNally in the other office were discussing
+probabilities and possibilities and thinking of a good many others which
+neither of them cared to discuss, though all were in their way pleasant.
+Suddenly they were interrupted by the apparition of Buttons. His eyes
+were rounder than ever, and his white hair looked as though some one had
+tried to drag it out of his head.
+
+“Please, sir,” he gasped, “Mr. Thompson wants to see you right away.”
+
+Porter jumped to his feet and fairly ran out of the room. As he turned
+into the hall a muffled uproar greeted his ears, and it made him hurry
+the faster. But McNally stayed where he was. He, too, heard the strange
+noise, but he felt that he would not be able to do any good by going in
+there. McNally did not “come out strong” amid scenes of violence. His
+heart troubled him.
+
+It was not more than five minutes before Porter came back. His face was
+a study.
+
+“They're raising hell in there,” he said. “Weeks's judge has just served
+an injunction that kicks Thompson and Wing and Powers off the board.
+Thompson just curled up,--he was almost too scared to breathe,--and Wing
+seemed to be having some sort of a fit. There was one idiot up on the
+table yelling that the meeting was adjourned and trying to give three
+cheers for Weeks.” (It was the man with the telegram.)
+
+“Well,” said McNally, “what's going to happen next?”
+
+“I don't know,” said Porter, breathlessly. “I don't see that anything
+can happen. As things stand now there isn't a quorum of directors and
+all the officers are suspended. The road can't do business.”
+
+Suddenly he leaned forward in his chair and exclaimed:--
+
+“By George, if that road doesn't need a receiver, no road ever did.
+Telephone Judge Black quick. We'll get in ahead of Weeks this time.”
+
+There was no delay in finding the Judge. Porter had indicated to him
+the advisability of keeping himself on tap, as it were, and he was now
+prepared to settle with neatness and despatch the legal affairs of his
+employers. Before dark that afternoon he had regularly and with all
+necessary formality appointed Frederick McNally to be receiver for the
+Manchester & Truesdale Railroad Company.
+
+But it was significant of Jim Weeks's foresight that the road already
+had a receiver, for at that very moment he had in his pocket an order
+from Judge Grey appointing Harvey West to that position.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+
+THE MATTER OF POSSESSION
+
+The M. & T. terminal station at Manchester was in reality two buildings.
+From the street, it looked like an ordinary three-story office building,
+except that there were no stores on the street level. Instead, the first
+floor was taken up by two large waiting rooms, the ticket office, and
+a baggage room. Entering through the big doorway in the centre, you
+ascended a few steps, passed through the waiting room, then up some more
+steps and across a covered iron bridge which spanned a narrow alley.
+This bridge connected the station proper with the train shed.
+
+The offices of the company occupied the two upper floors. The same
+stairway that led to the bridge doubled on itself and zigzagged up the
+rest of the way. As you reached the second floor, the office of the
+Superintendent was before you, across the hall. To your right were large
+rooms occupied by various branches of the clerical force, while to
+your left the first door bore the word “Treasurer,” and the second was
+lettered “President.” The Treasurer's office was a large room, cut
+off at the rear by a vault which contained the more valuable of the
+company's books and papers: the main vault was downstairs. A narrow
+passage between the vault and the partition led to a small window which
+overlooked the train shed and the alley. On one side of this passage was
+the vault entrance, on the other was a door which had been cut through
+the partition into the President's private office.
+
+Early on Monday morning, after a brief survey of the various officers
+and a few words with the Superintendent, Harvey assumed the direction
+of the road and established himself in the President's room, while a
+big deputy sat at the desk in the outer office. The night before, at the
+Illinois House, Jim and Harvey had talked until late, discussing every
+detail of the situation. Jim had gone over the fight of Saturday,
+winding up with a few words of advice.
+
+“We'll have trouble,” he said. “Porter isn't going to let things slip
+away any easier than he has to. The safe plan is to suspect everything
+and everybody. Keep everything in sight. I'll be here to help, but from
+now on you represent the road.”
+
+Harvey arranged the desk to suit him, then he opened the small door
+behind him and crossed the passage. The vault door was open, but a steel
+gate barred the way. A key hung by the window, and as Harvey unlocked
+the gate and swung it open, a bell rang. He examined the shelves, and
+noted that the books were in place. He knew that the possession of those
+books meant practically the possession of the road.
+
+Reentering his office he found the deputy standing in the other doorway.
+
+“Gentleman to see you, Mr. West,” said the deputy. “Won't give his name.
+Says it's important.”
+
+“Show him in,” Harvey replied.
+
+The deputy stepped back and made way for a quiet-looking man who was
+even larger than himself. The newcomer closed the door behind him.
+
+“Mr. West,” he said, “Mr. Weeks ordered me to report to you. I'm
+Mallory, from the Pinkerton agency. I have three men outside. Have you
+any instructions?”
+
+Harvey checked a smile. It reminded him of the stories of his boyhood.
+But in a moment it dawned upon him that if Jim thought the situation so
+serious, he must be very careful.
+
+“Yes,” he answered slowly. “Put one man near the vault--here”--he opened
+the small door--“let no one go into the vault without my permission.
+Then you might put one man in the hall--somewhere out of sight--and one
+outside the building. You understand that there may be an attempt to get
+possession of the books. Do you know any of the C. & S.C. men--William
+C. Porter, or Frederick McNally?”
+
+The detective shook his head.
+
+“Well, then, just keep things right under your eye, and report every
+hour or so.”
+
+The detective nodded and left the room. A little later Harvey opened the
+side door, and saw a man lounging in the passage, looking idly out the
+window.
+
+Shortly after ten Jim came in to talk things over. He told Harvey that
+the C. & S.C. people had a counter move under way, but he was unable to
+discover its nature. He had seen McNally in company with a number of
+men who did not often leave Chicago. “He'll be up here, yet,” Jim added
+prophetically; and he went out without leaving word. “Don't know how
+long I'll be gone,” was all he would say; “but you'll see me off and
+on.”
+
+Ten minutes after Jim's departure McNally appeared. Harvey heard his
+voice in the outer office, then the deputy came to Harvey's desk.
+
+“Mr. Frederick McNally,” said the official. “He asked for the
+Superintendent first, and I sent him in to Mr. Mattison, but he sent him
+back to you. Will you see him?”
+
+“Yes,” replied Harvey. “And you may stay in the room.”
+
+The deputy held open the door, while McNally entered.
+
+“How are you, West?” he said brusquely. “There seems to be some
+confusion here. The Superintendent disclaims all authority, and refers
+me to you.”
+
+“Sit down,” said Harvey, waiting for McNally to continue. Evidently
+McNally preferred to stand.
+
+“I wish to see some one in authority, Mr. West.”
+
+“You may talk with me.”
+
+“You--are you in authority?”
+
+Harvey bowed, and fingered a paper-weight.
+
+“I don't understand this, West.” He glanced at the deputy. “I wish to
+see you alone.”
+
+For a moment Harvey looked doubtful, then he smiled slightly, and nodded
+at the deputy, saying,--
+
+“Very well.”
+
+“Will you tell me what this means?” asked McNally, when the door had
+closed.
+
+Harvey looked gravely at him and said nothing.
+
+“Well?” McNally's coolness was leaving him. “Are you in control of this
+road, or aren't you?”
+
+“I am.”
+
+“In that case”--he produced a paper--“it becomes my duty to relieve
+you.”
+
+Harvey looked at the paper; it was an order from Judge Black appointing
+McNally receiver for M. & T. Harvey handed it back, saying, coolly,--
+
+“Sit down, Mr. McNally.”
+
+“I have no time to waste, West. You will please turn over the books.”
+
+“They are in the vault,” said Harvey, pointing to the side door.
+
+McNally looked sharply at Harvey, but the young man had turned to a
+pile of letters. After a moment's hesitation McNally opened the door and
+pulled at the steel gate. As he was peering through the bars, a heavy
+hand fell on his shoulder.
+
+“Here!” said a low voice. “You'll have to keep away from that vault.”
+
+“Take your hand away!” McNally ordered.
+
+“Come, now! Move on!”
+
+“Mr. West, under whose orders is this man acting?”
+
+“His superior officer's, I suppose,” Harvey called through the door
+without rising.
+
+“Call him at once, sir.”
+
+The detective beckoned to a boy, and sent him out of the room. In a
+moment his chief appeared.
+
+“This man sent for you, Mr. Mallory,” said the detective.
+
+“What is it?” asked Mallory.
+
+McNally blustered.
+
+“I want to know what this means. Do you understand that I am the
+receiver of this road?”
+
+“Oh, no, you aren't.” Mallory stepped to the door. “Is this true, Mr.
+West?”
+
+“No,” said Harvey, “it isn't.”
+
+“You'll have to leave, then, my friend.”
+
+“Don't you touch me!” McNally's face was growing red. For reply each
+detective seized an arm, and the protesting receiver was hustled
+unceremoniously out of the room.
+
+An hour later McNally returned. He greeted the deputy with a suave
+smile, and requested an interview with Mr. West.
+
+“I'm not sure about that,” said the deputy.
+
+“That is too bad,” smiled McNally. “Kindly speak to Mr. West.”
+
+With a disapproving glance the deputy opened the door. Harvey came
+forward.
+
+“Well,” he said brusquely, “what can I do for you?”
+
+McNally stepped through the door and seated himself.
+
+“I've been thinking this matter over, Mr. West, and I believe that we
+can come to an understanding. If your claims are correct, the road has
+two receivers. You are nominally in possession, but, nevertheless, you
+are liable for contempt of court for refusing to honor my authority.
+Whichever way the case is settled, I am in a position to inconvenience
+you for resisting me.”
+
+He waited for a reply, but Harvey waited, too.
+
+“In the interest of the road, Mr. West, it would be very much better
+for you to recognize me, even to the extent of having two receivers. It
+could not affect the outcome of the case, and it might avoid trouble.”
+
+“I can't agree with you,” Harvey replied. “I shall retain control of the
+road until the case is settled.”
+
+McNally rose.
+
+“Then, I warn you, you will have a big undertaking on your hands.”
+
+“I suppose so.”
+
+“Very well; good morning.”
+
+“Good morning, Mr. McNally.”
+
+At noon Harvey went out to lunch. He met Jim at the hotel, and told him
+what had happened. Jim smiled at Harvey's seriousness.
+
+“The fight hasn't begun yet,” he said. “When you've been through as many
+deals as I have”--he stopped and drew out his watch.
+
+“It's one-thirty. You'd better get back. I'll go with you and look over
+the field.”
+
+As they walked through the waiting room Harvey fancied that he heard a
+noise from above. However, the noon express, out in the train shed, was
+blowing off steam with a roar, and he could not be positive. But Jim
+quickened his pace, and ran up the steps with surprising agility.
+
+As they neared the second floor the noise grew. There was scuffling and
+loud talking, culminating in an uproar of profanity and blows. The first
+man they saw was McNally. He stood near the stairway, hat on the back of
+his head, face red but composed. Before him was a strange scene. Mallory
+and the big deputy stood with their backs to the Treasurer's door,
+tussling with three burly ruffians. Beyond the deputy, one of the
+detectives was standing off two men with well-placed blows. The two
+other detectives were rolling about the floor, each with a man firmly
+in his grasp. There was a great noise of feet, as the different groups
+swayed and struggled. In the excitement none of them saw Jim and Harvey,
+who stood for a moment on the top step.
+
+A stiff blow caught the deputy's chin, and he staggered. With a quick
+motion Mallory whipped out a pair of handcuffs. There was a flash of
+steel as he drew back his arm, then the maddened rough went down in
+a heap, a stream of blood flowing from his head. One of the others,
+a red-haired man, gripped the handcuffs and fought for them. It all
+happened in an instant, and as Harvey stood half-dazed, he heard a
+breathless exclamation, and Jim had sprung forward.
+
+Some persons might have thought Jim Weeks fat. He weighed two hundred
+and forty pounds, but he was tall and wide in the shoulder. On ordinary
+occasions his face was so composed as to appear almost cold-blooded, but
+now it was fairly livid. Harvey drew in his breath with surprise; he had
+seen Jim angry, but never like this. In three strides Jim was behind the
+red-haired man. He threw an arm around the man's neck, jerking his chin
+up with such force that his body bent backward, and relinquishing his
+hold on the handcuffs he clutched, gasping, at Jim's arm. But the
+arm gripped like iron. While Mallory was pulling himself together and
+turning to aid the deputy, Jim walked backward, dragging the struggling
+man to the head of the stairs. On the top step he paused to grip the
+man's trousers with his other hand, then he literally threw the fellow
+downstairs. Bruised and battered, he lay for a moment on the landing,
+then he struggled to his feet and moved his arm toward his hip pocket,
+but Jim was ready. The breathless President started down the stairs with
+a rush. For an instant the man wavered, then he broke and fled into the
+train shed.
+
+On his return Jim had to step aside to avoid another ruffian, who was
+walking down with profane mutterings. This time Harvey had a hand in the
+fighting, and he leaned over the railing to answer the man's oaths
+with a threat of the law. Jim and Harvey stood aside while the four
+detectives and the deputy led the remainder of the gang downstairs to
+await the police.
+
+From the various offices frightened faces were peering through
+half-open doors. A few stripling clerks appeared with belated offers
+of assistance, but Jim waved them back. Already Jim was cooling off. He
+could not afford to retain such a passion, and he mopped his face and
+neck for a few moments without speaking. His breath was gone, but he
+began to recover it.
+
+“Hello,” he said, at length, “where's McNally?”
+
+Harvey started, then ran down the hall, glancing hastily into the
+different offices. When he returned, Jim had vanished. While he stood
+irresolute, two stalwart brakemen appeared from the train shed and stood
+on the landing. One of them called up,--
+
+“Can we help you, sir?”
+
+“Wait a minute,” said Harvey.
+
+A door opened down the hall. Harvey looked toward the sound, and saw Jim
+backing out of the wash-room, followed by McNally, whose arm was held
+firmly in Jim's grasp. They came toward Harvey in silence.
+
+“He was hiding, West,” said Jim, a savage eagerness in his voice. “He
+hadn't the nerve to stick it out. Corker, isn't he?”
+
+McNally stood for a moment looking doggedly out through the window over
+the roof of the shed.
+
+“You've got yourself into a mess, Weeks,” he said, speaking slowly in an
+effort to bring himself under control. “This'll land you in Joliet.”
+
+For reply Jim looked him over contemptuously, and tightened his grasp
+until the other winced. Then he suddenly loosened his hold, stepped
+back, and calling, “Catch him, boys!” kicked McNally with a mighty
+swing.
+
+Harvey laughed hysterically as the flying figure sailed down the
+stairway, then he heard Jim say to the brakemen,--
+
+“Take him to Mallory, and tell him to put him with the others.”
+
+“Well,” said Harvey, nervously, “I guess that's settled.”
+
+“No,” said Jim, “it's only just begun. He'll be on deck again before
+night.” The next sentence was lost in the mopping handkerchief, but
+as he turned into the office, he added, “We'll have to lose the books
+to-night, West.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+
+SOMEBODY LOSES THE BOOKS
+
+When Harvey went to dinner in the evening he left a force of ten
+detectives guarding the offices. Jim, who had spent the afternoon with
+Harvey, superintended the placing of the men. Mallory, the lieutenant
+in charge, was ensconced in the Superintendent's office, and six of his
+assistants were with him, privileged to doze until called. One man stood
+in the hall, in a position to watch the stairway and the windows at each
+end; one patrolled the waiting room; and the ninth man strolled about in
+front of the building, loitering in the shadows and watching the street
+with trained eye. Before leaving the station Jim had a short talk with
+Mallory.
+
+“Watch it awful close,” he said. “There's no telling what these people
+will do.”
+
+“Very well, Mr. Weeks. They won't get ahead of us. But I should feel a
+bit safer if you'd let me put a man by the vault.”
+
+Jim shook his head.
+
+“There's such a thing as doing it too well, Mallory. And by all means I
+hope that you won't do that.”
+
+He looked closely at the detective, who glanced away with a cautious
+nod.
+
+That evening after dinner, Jim telephoned for Mattison, the
+Superintendent, and a long talk ensued in Jim's room at the hotel.
+Neither he nor Harvey wasted time in recounting the experiences of the
+day; they had too many plans for the night. As Jim had said, it was
+necessary to lose the books, and to lose them thoroughly. It was
+equally important that the action should not be confided to any ordinary
+employee. The fewer men that knew of it, the safer Jim would be, and
+so he finally decided to confine the information within its original
+limits.
+
+“You two are lively on your feet,” he said. “And it is a good deal
+better for you to do it.”
+
+“How about the detectives?” asked Mattison.
+
+“You'll have to keep out of their way. Mallory won't trouble you so
+long as you keep still; but remember, every man, detective or not, that
+catches you, makes one more chance for evidence against us.”
+
+“But isn't the building surrounded?”
+
+“No. There's only one man outside, and he is in front. You can go
+through the alley and climb up to the window--it's only the second
+floor. Mallory has orders to keep out of the vault room. He's over in
+your office, Mattison.”
+
+“I suppose,” suggested Harvey, “that unless we are actually caught with
+the books, we can throw a bluff about a tour of inspection or something
+of that sort.”
+
+“And if we are caught,” said Mattison, “I suppose we can run like the
+devil.”
+
+“You'll have to trust the details more or less to circumstances,” was
+Jim's reply.
+
+“How about the books?” asked Harvey. “What shall we do with them?”
+
+“Mattison had better take care of them. We can't bring them to the
+hotel, and anyhow, it is just as well if you and I, West, don't know
+anything about them. Then, when we want them again, it is a good
+deal easier for Mattison to find them than for any one else. Sort of
+accident, you know.”
+
+It was finally agreed that before attempting to get the books, Harvey
+and Mattison should make a _bona fide_ tour of inspection, by this means
+finding out where each man was located. Mattison reminded them that the
+watchman in the train shed was not to be overlooked, but they decided to
+chance him.
+
+“There's one thing about it,” said Mattison, smiling. “If Johnson
+doesn't catch us, I can discharge him for incompetency.”
+
+Shortly after midnight Harvey and Mattison started out. They found
+the station dark. As they tiptoed slowly along, edging close to the
+building, everything was silent. They reached the arched doorway, and
+were turning in when the glare of a bull's-eye lantern flashed into
+their eyes. Mattison laughed softly.
+
+“That's business,” he said.
+
+“What are you up to?” growled the man behind the lantern.
+
+“Where's Mallory?” was Mattison's answer.
+
+The man hesitated, then whistled softly. The whistle was echoed in the
+waiting room. In a few moments the door opened and a voice said, “What's
+up?”
+
+“Two chaps want Mallory.”
+
+Harvey and Mattison still stood on the stone step, looking into the
+lantern. They could see neither door nor man. After a short wait,
+evidently for scrutiny, the door closed. When it opened again, Mallory's
+voice said, “Close that light,” adding, “Is anything the matter, Mr.
+West?”
+
+“No,” replied Harvey. “We're keeping an eye open. I see your men know
+their business. Have you had any trouble?”
+
+“Everything is quiet. Do you care to come in?”
+
+Harvey responded by entering, with Mattison following. As they crossed
+the waiting room, Mallory drew their attention to a shadow near a
+window.
+
+“One of our boys,” he said in a low tone. “I put out all the lights. It
+makes it a good deal easier to watch.”
+
+Up in Mattison's office the detectives were lounging about, some
+dozing, some conversing in low tones. The gas burned low, and the window
+shutters were covered with the rugs from the President's office, to keep
+the light from the street.
+
+The two officials, after a glance about the room, returned to the hall.
+Harvey tried the door of each office, then returned to Mattison and
+Mallory. While they stood whispering,--for at night sound travels
+through an empty building,--there came the sound of a window sliding in
+its sash, apparently from the Treasurer's office.
+
+Mallory paused to listen, then coolly turned and continued the
+conversation.
+
+“What was that?” muttered Harvey.
+
+The lieutenant affected not to hear the remark.
+
+“Some one is getting into the building,” Harvey whispered. Mattison
+stepped lightly across the hall and, bending down, listened at the
+keyhole. He returned with an excited gesture.
+
+“Don't you hear it?” he asked.
+
+“No,” said Mallory. “I don't hear anything.”
+
+“Are you deaf, man?”
+
+“No, but I think I know when to hear.”
+
+It occurred to Harvey that Jim had done his work well. But then, Jim's
+orders, however brief, were always understood. Harvey motioned the
+others to be silent, and tiptoed across the floor. He listened as
+Mattison had done, then passed on to the President's door. Cautiously he
+drew a bunch of keys from his pocket, and feeling for the right one
+he slipped it into the lock, threw open the door, and darted into the
+office. Mattison and the detective followed, stumbling over chairs,
+and colliding with the door to the inner office, which had closed after
+Harvey. In the dim light they could see two figures struggling in the
+passage by the vault. While Mattison sprang forward, Mallory quickly
+lighted the gas.
+
+The light showed that Harvey had crowded the fellow up against the vault
+door. The newcomer was a medium-sized man, rough-faced, and poorly clad.
+On the floor was a small leather grip, which evidently had been kicked
+over in the scuffle, for part of a burglar's kit was scattered about the
+passage.
+
+Mallory jerked the man's wrists together, slipped on the handcuffs, and
+led him out into the hall. In a moment the detective returned.
+
+“I left him with the boys, for the present. Case of common
+safe-cracking.”
+
+“Do you think so?” said Harvey, adjusting his cuffs, and moving the
+strange tools with his foot. “If he wanted money, I should think he
+would have tackled the vault downstairs.”
+
+Mallory stooped, and replaced the kit in the bag. Suddenly he said,--
+
+“Raise your foot, Mr. West.”
+
+Harvey did so, and the detective arose with a dirty paper in his hand.
+He looked it over, and handed it to the others. It was a rough pencil
+sketch of the station building, showing the alley, the window, the
+Treasurer's office, and the vault.
+
+“What do you think of it?” asked Mallory.
+
+Harvey turned it over. A second glance showed it to be the front of an
+envelope, for part of an end flap remained. The upper left-hand corner
+had been torn off, evidently to remove the return card, but so hastily
+that a part of the card remained. Straightening it out, and holding it
+up to the light, Harvey read:--
+
+ ----esleigh,
+ ----ster, Illinois.
+
+Mallory looked over his shoulder, and exclaimed:--
+
+“That's easy. Hotel Blakesleigh, Manchester, Illinois.”
+
+“How does that help you?” asked Mattison.
+
+Harvey lowered the paper.
+
+“Don't you see,” he replied. “There are two good hotels here, the
+Illinois and the Blakesleigh. McNally is not at the Illinois.” He turned
+to the detective. “You'd better let the fellow go, Mallory.”
+
+“Why?”
+
+“Because it is the easiest way to handle it. Keep the tools, though.”
+
+“But I don't understand, Mr. West.”
+
+“Well, there is no use in discussing it. We won't prefer charges.”
+
+“But the man was caught in the act.”
+
+“He didn't get any thing, poor devil. No; we're after bigger game than
+this. We have enough for evidence. And don't sweat him.”
+
+“This is too deep for me, Mr. West. Surely there's no harm in
+questioning him, now that I've got him.”
+
+“Can't help it, Mallory. When that man reports to his employer, I want
+him to say that we suspect nothing beyond his attempt to crack the
+safe.”
+
+The detective turned away with a frown.
+
+“I suppose you know your business, Mr. West.”
+
+Harvey and Mattison followed him to the hall, closing the door after
+them. They said good night, and left the building.
+
+“See here, West,” said Mattison, when they were fairly around the
+corner, “wasn't that a little hasty? It wouldn't hurt to keep the man
+out of the way.”
+
+“No, I don't agree with you. What McNally has done so far will be upheld
+by his judge. And another thing, Mattison; just at present, it isn't to
+our interest to get an investigation under way. We're going to do the
+same thing ourselves.”
+
+Slowly and cautiously they slipped around the next square, and, by
+returning through the alley, brought up in the shadow of a building,
+across the street from the train shed. Here they waited to reconnoitre.
+The night was clear, and the arc-lamp at the corner threw an
+intermittent glare down the street. As they looked, a long shadow
+appeared on the sidewalk. Mattison gripped Harvey's arm, and drew him
+back into the alley. They crouched behind a pile of boxes.
+
+“It's like stealing apples,” whispered Harvey. “When the old man gets
+after you with a stick.”
+
+“Ssh!”
+
+The footsteps sounded loud on the stone walk. Then a helmeted figure
+passed the alley, and went on its way.
+
+Waiting until the sound died in the distance, the two stepped to the
+walk, looked hastily toward each corner, and ran across the street. Once
+in the station alley, they paused again.
+
+“Look!” said Harvey, pointing; “he left the ladder.”
+
+Sure enough, a light ladder reached from the ground nearly to a
+second-story window, which stood open.
+
+“Well, here we are,” Mattison whispered. “How do you feel?”
+
+“First-class. Better let me go,--I know the combination.”
+
+Mattison stood at the foot of the ladder, and steadied it while Harvey
+stealthily climbed to the window. Drawing himself into the passage, the
+receiver set to work on the vault lock. He turned the knob very slowly,
+guarding against the slightest noise, but the faint light that came
+through the window was not enough to bring out the numbers. Harvey
+leaned back and considered. The scratching of a match would almost
+surely be heard by the detectives. He leaned out the window, and
+beckoned. Mattison came creeping up, and Harvey explained in a few
+whispered sentences. “Go back and look up the street,” he concluded.
+“We've got to light it outside the building.”
+
+While Mattison was gone, Harvey felt his way through the Treasurer's
+office and paused to listen; then he drew up a chair which stood near
+the door, and climbing up, slipped off his coat and hung it over
+the half-open transom. Then he closed the transom, and the room was
+practically light proof. With the same caution he reached the floor,
+and tiptoed back to the window, where he found Mattison waiting on the
+ladder.
+
+“All right,” whispered the Superintendent. “Are you ready?”
+
+“Yes.”
+
+Mattison struck a match on his trousers leg, shielded it with his hands,
+then handed it to Harvey, who kneeled at the door and began to whirl the
+knob. Before he was through the light was close to his fingers, and he
+held another match to the flame, taking care to light the wrong end. At
+last the lock clicked, and Harvey opened the door a few inches, then
+he whispered to Mattison, “If I whistle, you get down and I'll drop the
+books.”
+
+He swung the door open, but stopped bewildered. Before him was the steel
+gate with the clanging bell. However, the risk must be run, so motioning
+Mattison to climb down he drew out his keys, and with a match ready in
+his hand he jerked the gate open and dashed into the vault. Striking
+the match, he quickly located the books he needed, carried them to the
+window and pitched them out. Then he heard a thud on the door. He threw
+one leg over the sill, but stopped--his coat was still on the transom.
+Some one was struggling to break in the door now, for it shook. Harvey
+sprang back, mounted the chair, and tore down his coat, tumbling to the
+floor, chair and all, with a clatter. A voice shouted, “Open the door,
+or I'll shoot!” but Harvey gave no heed. He ran to the window and
+literally fell down the ladder, filling his hands with slivers. There
+came a crash from above, and a muttered oath, and Harvey knew that the
+door had given way. He gave the ladder a shove, and as it fell upon the
+cobblestones with a great noise, he turned and sped up the alley after a
+dark figure that was already near to the corner.
+
+He caught up with Mattison in the next block, and relieved him of half
+the load. Then for a long time they ran and doubled, fugitives from
+half a dozen detectives and a few lumbering policemen. At last Mattison
+turned up a dark alley in the residence district. Coming to a board
+fence, he threw the books over, then climbed after. Harvey followed, and
+found himself on a tennis court. Mattison led the way through the yard,
+past a dark house, and across the street to a roomy frame residence.
+
+“Come in with me,” he said to Harvey. “You can't go back to the hotel
+now.”
+
+Harvey laughed nervously and nodded. Mattison opened the door with his
+night key, and with the heavy books in their arms the two burglars stole
+up to bed.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+
+A POLITICIAN
+
+Any man whose interests are extensive and diverse has sooner or later to
+master the art of making other men work for him, and he must be content
+to trust the management of a great part of his affairs to other hands.
+Jim Weeks loved to keep a grasp even on the comparatively insignificant
+details of his business, but he showed wonderful insight in the
+selection of his lieutenants, and he could impart such momentum to his
+projects that they moved forward as he meant them to, though his own
+hand was not guiding them. Like other men accustomed to giving orders,
+he took it for granted that his directions would be carried out.
+
+Bridge, the Tillman City alderman to whom he had intrusted the task of
+watching Blaney, had worked for Jim long enough to know that this affair
+was in his own hands, and that something more than obedience and zeal
+was expected of him. Though Jim's words had been brief, it was easy to
+see that the matter was important; important enough to give Bridge
+a great opportunity. He wanted to make the most of it, and, in the
+excitement of laying his plans, the design for the stable was forgotten.
+
+As the day wore on and his scheme crystallized, he fluctuated between a
+sort of exalted confidence and the depths of nervous depression. He was
+naturally a steady, humdrum sort of man, but he was planning to do an
+audacious thing. His chance had come, and he meant to take it. At last,
+just before supper time, he resolutely locked his office, and started
+out to see Blaney. He hesitated a second or two before the contractor's
+house; then he ran up the steps and rang the bell.
+
+The door was opened by a little girl, who peered up at him through the
+dusk with a child's curiosity. Bridge knew her, but he was of that kind
+of bachelors who are embarrassed in the presence of children.
+
+“Good evening, Louise,” he said. “Is your father home?”
+
+“No, sir, he isn't,” she answered.
+
+There was a moment of awkward silence, and then he stammered,--
+
+“Well--good night.” He bent down and gravely shook hands with her, and
+turned to go down the steps, but at that moment Blaney himself appeared.
+
+“How are you?” he said. “Did you want to see me?”
+
+“If you've got the time,” said Bridge.
+
+Blaney led the way into the house, and motioned Bridge to a seat in the
+parlor. He himself paused in the hall to swing Louise up to his shoulder
+and down again.
+
+“What's the matter with you to-night?” he asked. “You don't seem to want
+to play. Are you sick?”
+
+“A little,” answered the child. “I'm kind of tired, and my head hurts.”
+
+He ran his thick hand through her red curls, and looked at her anxiously
+for a moment. Then he followed Bridge into the parlor.
+
+“What can I do for you, Bridge?” he asked gruffly.
+
+Bridge hesitated a moment; then he said, “Jim Weeks was in town this
+morning.”
+
+Blaney looked up sharply, and asked, “Did you see him?”
+
+“Yes,” answered the other. “That is, he came down to see me. You know
+the M. & T. election is coming pretty soon now, and he got the idea that
+our stock was going to be voted against him. He wanted me to fix it up
+so things would go his way in the Council, and I told him that I'd do
+what I could. I came around to you to see if your crowd were going to do
+anything about it.”
+
+The coolness of the inquiry almost stupefied Blaney, but he managed to
+speak.
+
+“I'd like to know,” he said, “what business that is of yours, anyway.”
+
+“It's my business, right enough,” said Bridge, easily. “I could ask the
+same question in Council meeting, but I thought it was best to talk
+it over with you quietly. There isn't any good in trying to fight Jim
+Weeks, and I should think you'd know it. If ever a man had a cinch--”
+
+“What are you up to, anyhow?” demanded Blaney, now thoroughly
+exasperated. “Did you come around here to try to bulldoze me? Well, I'll
+just tell you you may as well save your breath. Do you understand that?
+Weeks thinks he can come his old bluff down here, but he's going to get
+fooled just once. We've got the backing that'll beat him. That's all
+I've got to say to you.”
+
+“Well, I've got a little more to say to you,” said Bridge. “I came
+around here on my own hook to find out whether you were just making your
+regular bluff or whether you meant to fight, and I've found out. And
+now I'm going to give you your choice. I'll either give you the hottest
+scrap you ever had, and make what I can out of Weeks by it, or I'll go
+in with you so you can get your deal through quietly. You can take your
+choice.”
+
+“What the devil do you mean?”
+
+“I mean just this. That if there's any possible show of kicking that
+damned bully out of here so that he'll never come back, I'd like to be
+in it. And I guess my services would be valuable.”
+
+“Look here,” demanded Blaney, sharply. “What have you got against
+Weeks?”
+
+“What have I got against him?” repeated Bridge. His face was flushed and
+his shining eyes and clenched hands testified to his excitement. “Hasn't
+he made me pull his hot chestnuts off the fire for the last two years?
+Hasn't he held me up and made me pay a good rake-off from every deal
+I've been lucky enough to make a little on? And hasn't he loaned me
+money until I don't dare sign my own name without asking him if I can
+do it, and--” He stopped as though knowing he had gone too far; then he
+laughed nervously. “It's all right what I've got against him; that's my
+business, I guess, but--”
+
+Again the unfinished sentence was eloquent.
+
+This time it was Blaney who broke the silence. “I guess,” he said
+cautiously, “that if you want to tip Weeks over, you'll find there'll be
+some to help you.”
+
+Bridge laughed bitterly. “There are plenty who'd be glad enough to do it
+if they could. He's had his grip on all of us long enough for that; but
+I'm afraid it's no good. We can't beat him. He's got us in a vise.”
+
+“I don't know about that,” said Blaney.
+
+“Why, man,” exclaimed the other, “what can we do? And if we try to buck
+him and get left, he'll squeeze the life out of us. You know that.”
+
+Blaney did know that, and Bridge's words brought certain unpleasant
+consequences plainly before his mind. All the while Bridge was talking
+Blaney had been trying to find out what his motive was. He had always
+believed that Bridge was hand and glove with Weeks, and at the
+beginning he had suspected a trap. But what Bridge had said was entirely
+plausible; he had given himself away without reserve, and had frankly
+confessed that Weeks had been driving him. Bridge would be a valuable
+ally in the scheme Blaney wanted to put through. Jim was popular in
+Tillman, and if he were to be sold out to a corporation like C. & S.C.,
+it would, as Bridge had hinted, be well for all parties concerned in the
+transfer that it should be accomplished as quietly as possible. Bridge
+was at the head of a compact and determined minority, and if he opposed
+the deal, he could make matters very uncomfortable for Blaney and his
+henchmen. But with Bridge on his side the field was clear and there
+could be no doubt as to the success of the scheme. The one thing that
+troubled Blaney was that Bridge might demand money; but there was no
+need of facing that issue yet, for Bridge had apparently not thought of
+it. “He's just getting even for something,” thought Blaney.
+
+There was a long silence, which Blaney broke at last.
+
+“We don't have to buck him all by ourselves,” he said. “We're well
+backed. C. & S.C. are behind us. Are you with us?”
+
+Bridge answered him steadily. “I've been waiting for a chance like this
+for a year,” he said. “You can count me in for all I'm worth.”
+
+He rose to go and held out his hand to Blaney. “Good night,” he said,
+“and good luck to us.”
+
+“So long,” was the answer. “I'll come around in a day or two, and we can
+arrange details.”
+
+The interview had been a hard one for Bridge, and it left him weak and
+nervous. When he sat down to supper at his boarding-house table that
+evening he had no appetite. He went to bed early, but he did not sleep
+well, and the next morning found him exhausted by the interminable hours
+of dozing, uneasy half-consciousness. He spent the next day in hoping
+that Blaney would come, though he had no reason for expecting him so
+soon, and by night he was in worse condition than ever. He would
+have gone again to see Blaney had he dared, but he felt that such a
+proceeding would imperil the whole affair; he must wait for Blaney to
+make the next move.
+
+Day followed day with no variation save that Bridge found the delay
+more and more nearly unbearable, and the week had dragged to an end and
+another begun before anything happened. On Sunday afternoon he started
+out for a walk, but he had not gone far when he met Blaney. To his
+surprise, the contractor looked as though the past week had been as hard
+for him as it had been for Bridge. His face looked thin and his eyes
+sunken and there were bristling uneven patches of sandy beard on his
+face. When he came up to Bridge he stopped.
+
+“I suppose you've been looking for me,” he said. “I've been staying
+right at home taking care of my kid; she's had the scarlet fever.”
+
+“Louise?” asked Bridge, with real concern. “I hope she's better.”
+
+“I guess she'll pull through all right now,” answered Blaney, “but she's
+been pretty sick, and it's kept me busy night and day. You see my wife
+can't do much at nursing. But I tell you scarlet fever is no joke.”
+
+“I never had it,” was the answer, “but I'm glad it's come out all right.
+By the way,” he went on, as Blaney started to walk away, “when will you
+be able to talk over that business with me?”
+
+“Why, now as well as at any time, I suppose,” said Blaney, after a
+moment's hesitation.
+
+The contractor had an office near by, and at his suggestion they went
+there for their conference.
+
+“How many men can you count?” he asked when they were seated.
+
+Now that the period of forced inaction was over, and there was something
+important to do, Bridge forgot that his head was burning and his
+throat dry, and for the first time in three days he was able to think
+consecutively. For half an hour they figured their united strength and
+talked over the individual members of the Council. But at last Bridge
+said:--
+
+“Before we go any further, I want to know more about this business. I've
+taken your word so far that we would be backed up all right, and I hope
+we are. But I can't afford to be beaten, and if Weeks isn't clean busted
+up, he'll hound me to death. I've got to know more about this business.”
+
+Blaney looked out of the window. “Seems to me you're pretty late with
+that talk about not going in,” he said.
+
+“I know I've committed myself to some extent without knowing just what
+I was getting into,” answered Bridge, “but I won't go any farther till
+some things are cleared up.”
+
+“What do you want to know?” asked Blaney.
+
+“I want to know what you're going to do. Voting that stock against Weeks
+won't do any good. We can't get him out all by ourselves.”
+
+“We aren't all by ourselves. C. & S.C. are with us.”
+
+“That's what I'm trying to get at. To what extent are they with us?”
+
+Blaney hesitated. It had not been a part of his plan to tell of the
+prospective sale of the stock. He had meant to have the Council direct
+the voting of the stock for C. & S.C. faction, and then when they had
+committed themselves by this act, to urge upon them the necessity of
+selling out and to tempt them with the offer of par. But a glance at
+Bridge's set face convinced him that the new ally meant what he said,
+and he knew too much already for the safety of the scheme unless he were
+furthering it.
+
+“They're with us to this extent,” said Blaney, slowly. “They're going to
+buy our stock.”
+
+“That's all rot,” said Bridge. “We can't sell. M. & T.'s a good
+investment now, and it's getting better every day.”
+
+“Wait till I get through,” interrupted Blaney, bent now on making an
+impression. “Don't you think the Council would vote to sell at par?”
+
+“What's that got to do with it?”
+
+“C. & S.C. are going to pay par, that's all.”
+
+Bridge looked at him incredulously. “Then we're to vote the stock as
+they dictate, just on the strength of their telling us they'll pay par
+for it afterward. I'm afraid it'll be a long time afterward. How do you
+know they aren't playing us for suckers?”
+
+“How do we know?” repeated Blaney. “I'm not quite as green as you think.
+I know because I've got it down in black and white. They can't get
+around a contract like that.”
+
+Unlocking a drawer in his desk, he drew out a sheet of paper which he
+thrust into Bridge's hands. “Read it,” he said.
+
+Bridge read it through once and then again; it was briefly worded, and
+he had no difficulty in remembering it. As he laid the paper down he was
+conscious of a violent throbbing in his head, and he shivered as though
+an icy breeze had blown upon him. He rose uncertainly from his chair and
+moved toward the door.
+
+“What's the matter?” demanded Blaney. “Where are you going?”
+
+“I don't feel very well,” said Bridge. “I think I'll go home and go to
+bed.”
+
+When he reached the foot of the stairs, however, he turned not toward
+his room, but toward the railway station; for in his mind there was a
+confused purpose of going to Chicago immediately and telling Jim Weeks
+exactly what he had found out.
+
+Scarlet fever is not ordinarily a man's disease, but it had fallen upon
+Bridge. He had exposed himself to it on the evening when he went to
+Blaney's house to make the preliminary move in his game; and now after
+the five days of tense inaction it attacked him furiously.
+
+He was in a raging fever when he left Blaney's office, but he did not
+realize it, borne up as he was by the excitement of winning. There could
+be no doubt that he had done as good a stroke of work for himself as for
+Jim Weeks, for Jim was not the man to let the merit of his lieutenants
+go unrecognized. He felt sure that Jim would win the fight, even with C.
+& S.C. against him, and though he had not recognized the worthlessness
+of the contract Blaney held, he was confident that Jim could use his
+knowledge of the existence of such a contract with telling effect.
+
+As he walked on, the exhilaration of his triumph died out of him, and
+his steps faltered and his sight became untrustworthy. He realized that
+he was not fit for travelling, and reluctantly he turned back to his
+room. He was a long time in reaching it, and when he staggered in and
+dropped into an easy-chair he knew that he was a very sick man. With a
+foreboding of the delirium that was coming upon him he gathered himself
+together for a final effort and scrawled a copy of the contract upon a
+slip of paper. With shaking hands he folded it and crammed it into an
+inner pocket; then he rose and moved slowly toward the bed. He fell
+twice in the short distance, but he kept on, and his head sank back in
+the pillows before consciousness forsook him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+
+KATHERINE
+
+As Katherine drove home alone on Sunday morning she was troubled. In
+aiding Harvey to catch the train for Manchester she had acted upon the
+veriest impulse, and Katherine liked to imagine herself a very cool and
+self-possessed young woman. Slowly it dawned upon her that by helping
+Harvey she had set her hand against her own father. In an impersonal way
+she had realized this, but Harvey's presence had filled her thoughts,
+and she had not allowed herself time to consider. And now that the
+cooler afterthoughts had come she was almost as indignant with herself
+for showing such open interest in Harvey as for hurting her father's
+cause. Then she grew startled to realize that even in her thoughts she
+was placing this man before her father. Harvey was not a fool. He would
+see that she had been disloyal, and he would cease to respect her. She
+wondered if she was disloyal.
+
+On reaching home she hurried to her room and sat down by the open
+window, looking out over the lawn that sloped down to the road. Harvey
+would think her weak, and would feel that he could sway her from her
+strongest duty.
+
+The day was bright. Far in the distance she could see a bend of the
+river. There was no sound, no life; the rolling country stretched away
+in idle waves, the checkered farms lay quiet in the sun, over all was
+the calm of a country Sunday. Her eyes wandered and she closed them,
+resting her fingers on the lids. Life was serious to Katherine. Since
+her early teens she had lived without a mother, and the result of
+her forced independence was a pronounced and early womanhood. She had
+learned her lessons from experience and had learned them with double
+force. She had never been in love, and save for a very few youthful
+flutterings had never given the idea a concrete form; and now that she
+should manifest such weakness before Harvey partly alarmed her. She
+suspected that he loved her, but would not permit herself to return it.
+She knew too little about him, and, besides, her first duty was with
+her father. She had yielded to impulse, but it was not too late to
+reconsider. She had aided the enemy by a positive act; she would do as
+much for her father. With firm eyes she rose and went downstairs, fully
+decided to investigate the matter until she could discover a means of
+throwing her energy against Weeks and Harvey.
+
+During the next two days her determination grew. Mr. Porter was in
+Chicago and Manchester, and was not expected home immediately, so
+Katherine had plenty of time for thinking. She drove a great deal, went
+around the links every morning, and tried to read. It did not occur to
+her that her effort was not so much to side with her duty as to
+crowd down the thoughts of Harvey that would steal into her mind. She
+permitted herself no leeway in the matter, but kept resolutely to her
+decision.
+
+Tuesday afternoon she drove until quite late, and returning found her
+father and McNally awaiting dinner. Although she was quicker than
+usual in her efforts to entertain their guest, the meal was hurried
+and uncomfortable. When in repose McNally's face was clouded, and the
+occasional spells of interest into which he somewhat studiously aroused
+himself could not conceal his general inattention. Her father, too, was
+preoccupied, and was so abrupt in his conversation as to leave small
+trace of the easy lightness of manner that Katherine had always known.
+
+After dinner Katherine excused herself, and stepped out through the long
+window that opened on the veranda. Evidently a crisis had come, and
+she wished that an opportunity would arise through which she might join
+their discussion. Just outside of the library window she sat down on a
+steamer chair and gazed up at the dark masses of the trees, the thinning
+tops of which were at once darkened and relieved by the last red of the
+western sky.
+
+“Yes, Porter, they kicked me out. My men and I made a stiff fight for
+it, but they outnumbered us.”
+
+At the sound of McNally's voice Katherine started guiltily. It had not
+occurred to her that the matter would be discussed downstairs; usually
+her father's private conversations were held in his den on the second
+floor. She wondered whether she ought to make herself known.
+
+Then she heard McNally again, answering a low-spoken question from her
+father.
+
+“He was a good man, or perhaps you would call him a bad one. He was
+just getting down to work on the vault door when West and his gang of
+Pinkertons broke in on him and nailed him.”
+
+Another question from Porter.
+
+“No, Porter, they are on to us now. You see, the books are gone, and
+there's no use in trying to get hold of that end of the road; but we can
+seize it from this end and get everything except their building.”
+
+With cheeks burning and with conscience troubling, Katherine rose and
+stood before the window.
+
+“I didn't intend to put myself in your way,” she said, laughing
+nervously, “but I couldn't help hearing.”
+
+Looking in through the dim light Katherine thought she saw McNally
+start. After a brief but embarrassing pause Porter spoke, using the tone
+Katherine associated with the stern but kindly rebukes of her childhood.
+
+“Did you hear all we said, Katherine?”
+
+“Most of it, I'm afraid.”
+
+“You understand, dear, that this is very confidential business?”
+
+“Yes, dad.” With an impulsive start Katherine seated herself on the low
+sill of the window and clasped her hands in her lap. “I wish you would
+let me talk it over with you. You know I am interested in your affairs,
+dad. And,” hesitatingly, “maybe I can help you.”
+
+For a space all three were silent. Katherine was leaning back in a pose
+that brought out all her unconscious beauty. The waning light fell full
+upon her, and the sunset seemed to be faintly reflected in her face. Her
+hair was coiled above her forehead in easy disorder.
+
+McNally, sitting back in the shadow, looked fixedly at her, and as he
+looked it seemed to him that her beauty spiced the atmosphere. He found
+himself drawing in his breath keenly and almost audibly, and gripping
+the arms of the easy-chair: with a sudden half-amused feeling of
+boyishness he relaxed his grip and leaned back comfortably. It was
+some time since the introspective Mr. McNally had found it necessary to
+reprove himself for such a slip of demeanor.
+
+“I couldn't help seeing what was going on,” continued Katherine. “And
+you told me the other day that I had helped you some.” She turned
+appealingly toward her father, who sat with head lowered, scowling at
+the carpet. McNally broke the pause.
+
+“There is very little we can tell you, Miss Katherine. A business matter
+of this importance is too complicated for any one who has not grown up
+with the problems. It would involve the history of two railroads for
+years back.”
+
+“Why is it,” asked Katherine, earnestly, “that a man never credits a
+woman with common sense? I am not blind. I know that the M. & T. is a
+feeder to C. & S.C., that it supplies us with coal, and that we could
+earn and save money by making it a part of our system. Mr. Weeks is
+fighting us for some reason, and we are planning to force the question.
+Isn't that so?”
+
+“Where did you learn this, Katherine?” asked her father.
+
+“From no one particular source. You have told me a great deal yourself,
+dad.”
+
+“The question is, Miss Katherine,” McNally said, “what good could you
+possibly do? Without implying any doubt of your ability, you see our
+course is already mapped out for us by circumstances. In fact, there
+is only one way open that leads to a logical outcome. If we were in a
+position where we needed tactful advice, you could undoubtedly be of
+help, but just now what we want is a force of strong, aggressive men.”
+
+“Mr. McNally is right, dear,” said Porter. “Everything is decided, and
+all we can do is to tend to business. This Weeks is following rather a
+dishonorable course, and we are prepared to meet him; that is all.”
+
+Katherine leaned forward and twisted the curtain string around her
+finger.
+
+“Is he really dishonest?” she asked.
+
+“Well, dear, that is a hard question. No man has a right to condemn
+another without careful deliberation; but it happens that many business
+dealings savor a little of underhand methods, and it looks to us as
+though Mr. Weeks were not over particular.”
+
+“What has he done?”
+
+“Well, you see, dear--”
+
+Katherine broke in with unusual warmth. “Oh, I know what you are going
+to say. Some more complications that I couldn't understand. Why won't
+you tell me?”
+
+Porter arose.
+
+“We'll talk this over at some other time, Katherine. I have an
+appointment with Judge Black for this evening, but I will be back before
+long.” He added to McNally, “He came in on the 8.25. I'll leave you with
+Katherine.”
+
+When he had gone there was a silence. Katherine felt that her father's
+absence should alter the tone of the conversation, but she waited for
+McNally to take the initiative.
+
+“What a glorious night,” he said at length, rising and coming to the
+window. “Did you ever see such a lingering afterglow? Suppose we sit
+outside.”
+
+Katherine rose and made room for McNally to step through the open
+window. Together they walked across the veranda, McNally seating himself
+on the railing, Katherine leaning against one of the stone columns.
+
+“How long have you been ambitious to be a business woman, Miss
+Katherine?”
+
+“I hardly wish that. Only I like to share father's interests.”
+
+“Do you know, I like it. I like to see a woman show an independent
+interest in important affairs. Nowadays not only young girls but women
+of position seem to care for nothing but the frivolous. I don't know but
+what our pioneer ancestors got more out of life, when the woman and her
+husband worked side by side.”
+
+“Will you tell me about the M. & T. business, Mr. McNally?”
+
+“I hardly feel that I can, Miss Katherine. To my mind that rests with
+your father.”
+
+“Probably it does, but father still thinks me a child. He thinks I
+cannot grasp the situation.”
+
+“Even if I felt at liberty to discuss it, I don't know what I could tell
+you beyond a mere recital of dry detail. Personally, I should like to do
+so, Miss Katherine; I honestly admire your independence, and I believe
+that you might even be able to suggest some helpful ideas, but business
+does not concern itself with the personal equation.”
+
+Katherine looked thoughtfully at McNally's shadowed face. She was a
+little surprised with herself that she should so persist, but it did
+not occur to her to stop. Deep behind her desire to be honest with her
+father was a desire to prove that Harvey was, after all, in the right.
+She did not recognize this, she did not even know it, but Harvey's
+personality had taken on hers a vital grip that was as yet too strong,
+too firm, too close at hand to be realized. As for McNally, his
+intention to evade was too evident to be overlooked. He was dodging
+at every turn, and it was becoming clear to her that he was concealing
+facts which it would not do to disclose. And this suggested that her
+father was doing the same. The bit of conversation she had overheard
+came back to her, and as she thought it over it sounded odder than when
+she had first heard it. Why should her father wish to seize the road? If
+it belonged to Mr. Weeks, and if he did not care to sell, what right had
+her father or any one else to take it by force? She had been looking
+out over the lawn, but now she turned and fixed her eyes intently on
+McNally's plump, smooth-shaven face. He was looking toward her, but
+seemed not to see her. Instead there was the shadow of a smile in his
+eyes which suggested air-castles.
+
+“Mr. McNally,” she said abruptly, “if we want the M. & T. road, why
+don't we buy it and pay for it?”
+
+McNally started. During the long silence he had been feasting on
+Katherine's beauty. He was not a young man, but as he gazed at the
+earnest young face before him, and at the masses of shining hair,
+half in shadow, half in light, he felt a sudden loneliness, a sudden
+realization of what such a woman could be to him, what an influence she
+might have upon his life. And losing for the moment the self-poise that
+was his proudest accomplishment, Mr. McNally stammered.
+
+“Oh,” he said, “we couldn't--it wouldn't do--”
+
+From the change in every line of Katherine's pose he knew that he had
+said enough. She had turned half away from him and was standing rigid,
+looking out into the night. Glancing at her dimly outlined profile,
+McNally could see that her lips were pressed closely together. He pulled
+himself together and stood up.
+
+“Why not go in and have some music?” he asked. “This conversation is too
+serious for such an evening.”
+
+Katherine bowed and led the way into the house. As they passed through
+the library toward the piano she paused to turn the electric-light
+key. With the flood of light Katherine's ease returned, and she laughed
+lightly as she pointed to a gaudily decorated sheet of music on the
+piano.
+
+“Shocking, isn't it?” she said. “That's the kind of music we play down
+here in the country. We need your influence to keep us from degenerating
+musically. Play me something good.”
+
+McNally glanced at her with a laugh.
+
+“Coon songs, eh?” he replied. “Well, some of them aren't so bad.” He sat
+down at the instrument and let his hands slip over the keys. Katherine
+sank upon the broad couch in the corner. She was apparently her old
+self, friendly and interested in Mr. McNally and his music, but there
+was nevertheless a distinct change. McNally felt the difference and
+tried to throw it off, but the force of the situation grew upon him.
+Slowly he realized that in spite of her pretensions she was not really
+in sympathy either with him or with her father. He struck into a Liszt
+rhapsody with all the fervor he could muster.
+
+McNally was a good musician. He possessed the power, lacking in many
+better pianists, of using music as a medium to connect his own and his
+listener's moods; but to-night he fell short, and he knew it. He stole a
+glance at Katherine. She looked exactly as usual, but still there was
+a difference that baffled him. He threw all his art into the music. He
+labored to color it with sincerity and strength. But all the while he
+knew that the ground was lost. What he did not know was that Katherine
+was passing through a crisis, and that her thoughts were miles away from
+him and his rhapsody. He ended with unusual brilliancy, and she smiled
+with pleasure and thanked him simply, but still he felt the change.
+Then Porter came in, and after a brief general conversation Katherine
+withdrew.
+
+She did not go at once to her room. Instead, she slipped out on the
+little second-floor balcony and sat down to be alone and to think. She
+had made an honest effort to throw her interest with her father and with
+what she believed to be her duty, and now that the evening was gone she
+had nothing to show for it. For a very few moments she wondered at it
+all, and at the fate which seemed to draw her toward Harvey. Then, as
+the thought of him again took concrete form, and as the last two days
+with him came back to her mind, her whole heart went out to him, and
+she was startled, frightened at the strength of his hold upon her. For
+a moment she gave herself up to dreams, dreams of a better, sweeter
+existence than any she had dared to imagine, then came the thought of
+her father, and Katherine broke down.
+
+Downstairs, McNally and Porter sat for a long time with only a desultory
+conversation. Then McNally said,--
+
+“Porter, I envy you a daughter like that.”
+
+“She is a good girl,” Porter replied.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+
+TRAIN NO. 14
+
+The fight for the possession of the Manchester and Truesdale Railroad
+divides itself naturally into two acts. During the first week, while it
+would be absurd to say that the acts of either side were legal, all the
+proceedings had worn the cloak of law. But now matters had come to a
+deadlock. Judge Grey was both able and willing to undo any or all of the
+acts of Judge Black, and conversely. The last event of the first act was
+the attempt on Tuesday morning of the C. & S.C. people, armed with writs
+from Black, to seize the books of the company. They were courteously
+received and the vaults were thrown open to their inspection; but as the
+books had been spirited away the night before, the search was fruitless.
+Porter and McNally had been beaten at their own game, and they withdrew
+their forces to Truesdale. The fight was to be kept up on other lines.
+
+Wednesday morning, No. 7 on the C. & S.C. brought down a much larger
+number of passengers for Truesdale than ordinarily came on that train.
+They climbed down to the station platform from different cars, and
+regarded each other with studied indifference, but there was something
+homogeneous about the crowd that drew upon it the frankest stares of
+the station loafers. There were no women or children among them, they
+carried no baggage, and there was an air about them, carefully repressed
+but still discernible, which suggested that if any one were looking for
+trouble they were the men to whom to apply. They seemed to be trying to
+attract as little attention as possible, but they were followed by
+many curious glances, as they straggled in a long irregular line up the
+street toward the Truesdale Hotel.
+
+Katherine had driven into town that morning, and from her high trap she
+watched the spectacle with amused interest. Seeing McNally coming out
+of the hotel office she pulled up her horses and nodded to him with a
+peremptory cordiality which left him no escape from coming to speak to
+her.
+
+“So war is declared,” she said laughingly, nodding toward the rear guard
+who were disappearing in the hotel entrance. “I see you are massing your
+troops. Is that the entire army, or only a division?”
+
+McNally tried to utter a protest, but she went on unheeding. “I think
+they're too absurdly comical for words. They try so hard to look as if
+they weren't spoiling for a fight.”
+
+“Miss Porter,” said McNally, seriously, “your father's interests are at
+stake now and we must be discreet.”
+
+“I suppose so,” she said; “but really those men are irresistibly funny.”
+
+She gathered up the reins and the horses started, but as they moved away
+she turned and called back to him,--
+
+“Be sure and come out to luncheon--that is, if you don't go to the
+front.”
+
+The words troubled McNally. Only two days before he had been dragged
+out of his hiding-place in the Manchester station and kicked downstairs.
+This experience still occupied a large place in his thoughts, and he
+took Katherine's remark as a reflection on his personal courage. Though
+he had no idea of “going to the front,” he decided not to go to the
+Porters' for luncheon.
+
+All that morning new people kept streaming into Truesdale. No. 22
+brought in McDowell, a division superintendent on the C. & S.C. and
+other less important employees of the same road came in on every train.
+All over the city was the exciting premonition that something was going
+to happen. The army, as Katherine had called it, was reenforced by two
+fresh detachments brought in on the C. & S.C. from no one knew just
+where, but they were carefully guarded from being too much in evidence,
+and there was not the least disorder. When noon came and nothing had
+happened the tension relaxed a little, and the town returned to its
+accustomed quiet.
+
+At the M. & T. station, however, the excitement increased, manifesting
+itself in many ways. The trains came in and went out on their scheduled
+time, and the routine work went on without variation, but there was a
+nervous alertness evident everywhere. Train crews stood in little knots
+about the platform and yards, speculating about the fight whose issue
+meant much to each of them, but in which they had not as yet been able
+to take a part. At one forty-five No. 14, which leaves Truesdale at two
+o'clock for Tillman City, St. Johns, and Manchester, backed down to the
+station to take on its passengers. Carse, the conductor, stood near the
+cab talking to the engineer and the fireman, keeping all the while an
+eye on the passengers.
+
+“We're getting a big crowd to-day,” he observed. “That's McDowell of the
+C. & S.C. getting in the rear coach there. He's a mean brute. Ain't you
+glad we ain't under him, Downs?”
+
+The engineer nodded emphatically, and climbing down from the cab, stood
+beside the conductor. “Seems to me,” he said, “there are a lot of C. &
+S.C. boys taking this train. I've spotted three or four already.”
+
+“Say,” exclaimed Carse, “do you suppose they're going back to Manchester
+to have another shot at the old man? I brought them back from there
+yesterday on No. 5, and they were the sickest crowd you ever saw. The
+old man can give them just about all they want.”
+
+He paused and glanced at his watch. “We pull out in thirty seconds,” he
+said. And at two o'clock No. 14 started northward on what was to prove
+a most eventful run in the history of the M. & T. The train rattled over
+the yard switches, slid creaking under the brakes down to the river,
+rumbled across the bridge, and then toiled up the first of the long
+grades between Truesdale and Sawyerville.
+
+Carse was collecting tickets in the second car when suddenly it thrilled
+and trembled, and the train, with grinding squealing brakes, came to a
+stop. The conductor was all but thrown from his feet, but he staggered
+to the platform, and leaping down ran toward the engine, followed by an
+excited crowd of passengers.
+
+“What's the matter?” he demanded of Downs, whom he found clambering out
+of the cab.
+
+“That's what I want to know,” answered the engineer. “Didn't you pull
+the signal cord?”
+
+“No,” said Carse, looking puzzled. “I wonder what's up.”
+
+At that moment a man came forward from the group of passengers: it was
+McDowell. “I signalled you to stop,” he said.
+
+Carse waited an instant for him to go on, and then asked impatiently,
+“Well, what's wrong?”
+
+“Nothing that I know of,” said McDowell, easily. “I wanted the train to
+stop.”
+
+Carse stepped toward him angrily. “I don't know whether you're drunk
+or not,” he said, “but that's a damned poor kind of a joke. You'll find
+that out as soon as we get to Sawyerville.”
+
+“Oh, no, I won't,” said McDowell. “I'm superintendent of this road, and
+the first thing I'm going to do is to fire you. Haven,”--he called to
+one of the group behind him,--“you can take this train to Manchester.”
+
+Another man pushed into the circle. He was Stewart, the sheriff of
+Evelyn County. “Mr. McDowell is quite right. Mr. Frederick McNally, the
+receiver of the road, appointed him this morning. And I now serve on you
+a writ from Judge Black--”
+
+“See here,” interrupted Carse, “are you sheriff of Evelyn County or
+of the whole United States? You'd better keep out of this; the county
+line's about half a mile back.”
+
+“We're wasting time,” said McDowell, shortly. “James and Mangan, take
+the engine. We'll take charge of this train, sir, county or no county.”
+
+“Not if I can help it,” said Carse, under his breath. Then shouting,
+“Get away, boys; don't mind me,” he sprang upon McDowell, hitting out
+swift and hard, and in a second the two men were clinched and rolling in
+the sand. Downs took the hint and, leaping into the cab, let off the
+air brake and seized the throttle, while Berg, his big fireman, wrenched
+free from the two men who tried to hold him and rushed toward the cab.
+For a moment it looked as though No. 14 was going to get away.
+
+But the first detachment of Mr. McNally's army was not at hand for
+nothing. Berg was pulled down from the step he had succeeded in
+reaching, and a blow from behind stretched him unconscious beside the
+track. Downs caught up the shovel which lay at his feet, and brought
+it down hard on a man who was climbing over the tender; then without
+turning he drove the handle squarely into the face of another who was
+standing on the step and trying to clutch his legs. But the odds were
+too great, and in a moment he was rushed back against the fire-box, and
+his arms were pinioned fast. McDowell had been freed from his assailant
+by two of his brawny supporters, and he rose to his feet with some
+difficulty; the blood was streaming down his face, but he was quite
+cool. Seeing that resistance was at an end, he called to the men in the
+engine:--
+
+“Let up on that man; we don't want to kill him. Bring him down here.”
+
+A moment later, he said: “Put bracelets on all three of them and take
+them into the smoker. Some of you stay around and see that they don't
+do any more mischief.” Then turning to the men he had already ordered to
+take charge of the train, he said: “All right, boys, let her go. We're
+nearly ten minutes late.”
+
+McNally's plans were well laid; so well laid that McDowell's mistake in
+not stopping the train soon enough did not prevent their being carried
+out successfully. The sheriff of Malden County had been told what was
+expected of him, and he was waiting on the platform of the Sawyerville
+station when No. 14 pulled in. There had been no warning, there was
+no possibility of resistance, and everything moved as smoothly as
+clockwork. The writs were served, the telegraph office seized, and the
+M. & T. employees about the station replaced by McDowell's “boys” almost
+before the dazed incumbents knew what was happening. The new telegraph
+operator wired to McNally, who had already taken possession of the
+Truesdale terminal, telling him briefly of the fight for the train and
+the capture of Sawyerville. McNally sent back brief instructions for the
+conduct of the rest of the raid. They were told to make no attempt
+to keep schedule time, but to go slowly and cautiously, and to use as
+little violence as possible. Altogether McDowell had reason to feel well
+satisfied when he came out on the station platform ready to take his
+train on its unique journey up the road.
+
+There stood near him a number of passengers gathered in an excited
+group, discussing the fight, the delay of the train, and the somewhat
+remote chance of getting to Manchester. One of them, a very stout man
+with deep-set, watery eyes and a florid complexion, recognized the
+Superintendent and turned to him.
+
+“Are we likely to have to wait as long as this at every station?” he
+asked.
+
+“I guess so,” answered McDowell, shortly.
+
+“This is an outrage,” exclaimed the other, angrily. “I took this train
+for the purpose of getting to Manchester.”
+
+“You'd better get aboard then,” said McDowell. “We're going to start
+now.”
+
+His coolness exasperated the stout man, and he shouted after the
+Superintendent, “I won't submit to this. I tell you, you'll be sorry for
+it before I get through with you.”
+
+McDowell paid no heed to the threat, and nodded Haven to go ahead; but a
+young telegraph operator, whose services were to be required further up
+the road, heard the words and shouted to the angry man:--
+
+“If you don't want to take the train, there's probably a livery stable
+here, or else you can go to the hotel. It's a gold cure, but I guess
+they'd take you in.”
+
+McDowell laughed and went into the car. He did not hear what his former
+passenger answered, and he did not care. He would probably have been
+less amused if he had known that the man was none other than State
+Senator “Sporty” Jones. It does not pay to enrage any man wantonly,
+and especially not a man who makes it his main principle in life to get
+even. And as any of his circumspect associates could inform you, Senator
+Sporty Jones was just such a man.
+
+It was nearing six o'clock when No. 14 slowed down in the southern
+outskirts of Tillman City. The army, though depleted, was jubilant, and
+more than made up in _esprit du corps_ what it had lost in numbers. The
+raid had so far been completely successful: all the stations had been
+seized, and the south-bound trains they had met had been held up and
+placed in charge of C. & S.C. employees. There had been no resistance
+worth mentioning, and they had prevented any warning of their coming
+from going up the line ahead of them. Tillman City was lying an
+unsuspecting prey, though fairly in their clutches.
+
+Bill Stevens, the agent at Tillman, knew that something had gone wrong,
+for No. 14 was later than usual, and had not been reported from the last
+two stations; so when the drooping semaphore told him that she was in
+the block, he went out on the platform to find out what had happened. As
+the train came panting up to the station he saw two strange men in the
+cab instead of Downs and Berg, and this puzzled him more than ever.
+
+The sheriff was the first man off the train; he walked straight up to
+the agent, and in two minutes the formalities were over. Stevens and his
+subordinates were discharged, and the ticket office and baggage room
+put in charge of the new employees with a celerity born of practice.
+A number of deputies under McDowell's orders scattered out to take
+possession of the roundhouse, the freight depot, and the yards.
+
+Still standing on the platform in an excited crowd of raiders, former
+employees, and station loafers, was the agent. He was thinking fast,
+for he saw the importance of getting word to Manchester of what was
+happening along the line. The telegraph line was in the hands of the
+enemy, but a locomotive--It was worth a trial, anyway. There were three
+at Tillman: 33 that had just brought in No. 14, 7 on a siding waiting to
+take the train to Manchester, and 10, the regular yard engine. The two
+passenger engines were out of the question, for they were already well
+guarded, but the little switching locomotive lay at the northern end
+of the yard, and had not as yet been seized by the deputies. In the
+confusion, and aided by the gathering dusk of the early October evening,
+something might be done.
+
+Glancing around, Stevens saw Murphy, the hostler, standing at his elbow.
+Without turning toward him he spoke softly.
+
+“Murphy,” he said, “slip out of this crowd and follow me. I'm going to
+try to get away on 10. I want you to throw a switch for me.”
+
+The hostler nodded without a word, and threaded his way after the agent
+to the edge of the platform. Once out of the glare of the station lights
+there was less need for caution, and the two men set out at a rapid walk
+toward the north end of the yards.
+
+Suddenly a deputy came out from behind a freight car and laid a
+detaining hand on the agent's arm.
+
+“What are you up to?” he demanded.
+
+There was no word of reply, but Murphy's fist shot out, landing dully on
+the man's jaw, and without an outcry he sank inert on the sand.
+
+The agent darted forward, keeping out of the heavy sand by bounding
+along the irregularly laid ties, and in a moment he was climbing into
+the cab of the switch engine.
+
+“Thank God! there's steam and water,” he thought, and throwing over the
+reversing lever he grasped the throttle and came backing rapidly down
+the siding.
+
+It was too dark for the men at the station to see perfectly what had
+happened, but they saw enough to excite their suspicion, and No. 33,
+which had already uncoupled from the train, ran up the main track to
+investigate. James and Mangan and a couple of deputies were in the cab.
+
+Murphy had already thrown the switch and was standing beside it, holding
+a coupling pin in his hand, awaiting developments. The two locomotives
+were running right at each other, and unless somebody changed his mind
+very promptly a collision was inevitable; but the agent was in such a
+frame of mind that a smash-up was rather to his liking than otherwise,
+and he pulled the throttle a little wider open. He would waste no steam
+whistling, but grasping the hand rail he swung out from the cab and
+waved his free arm.
+
+“Look out!” he yelled, “I'm coming.”
+
+Furthermore it was obvious to the men in 33 that he meant to keep on
+coming, and as none of them had any wish to try conclusions, even with
+little No. 10, the big locomotive stopped short and went backing down
+the track, the deputies shouting to their comrades at the station for
+reenforcements.
+
+No. 10 slowed down as she backed on to the main track, and as Murphy
+threw the switch she stopped and then moved forward. Stevens waited for
+Murphy, who left the switch open and climbed into the cab. Then with a
+clear track before her No. 10 went tearing down the long grade as fast
+as her dumpy little drivers would carry her.
+
+Halfway to Byron is a milk shed with a short siding, and when they
+reached it Stevens shut down and stopped with a jerk.
+
+“Get out,” he said to Murphy, “and throw over that switch and put out
+the lamp.”
+
+As they started on again he said dryly, “When they strike that, it may
+teach 'em to go slow for the rest of the run.”
+
+It was just six-seventeen by the station clock when Mason, the operator
+at Byron, heard No. 10 coming in. He ran out on the platform, but
+Stevens waved him back.
+
+“Get in there,” he said as he dropped from the cab. “I want you to send
+a message quick.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+
+A CAPTURE AT BRUSHINGHAM
+
+On the same Wednesday morning Jawn Donohue was oiling the old switch
+engine preparatory to making up a train of coal cars. Since his ride
+with the President, Jawn had been even more silent than before. His
+work had been done with the same gruff independence, and his fireman had
+received the usual quota of stern rebukes; in fact, Jawn was outwardly
+so like his old self that none suspected him of emotion, but Jawn knew
+how thin was the veneer. It is hard upon a man to lose ground in the
+great struggle. Conscious of his ability, proud in his experience, Jawn
+grew daily more bitter at the prospect before him, and more hostile to
+his superiors. For a few days after the ride he had hoped for some word;
+he had felt that such an appeal as the one he had made to Jim Weeks
+should be productive of some notice, if not of a definite result. But
+as the week wore away, and no word came, his heart sank. Every day he
+rattled the dumpy little engine about the division yards, chewing the
+stem of his pipe, and hardening his heart against the world. He spent
+Sunday in his room at the boarding-house, for he had no family. Monday
+and Tuesday passed in worse than solitude, and when Wednesday morning
+came, and with it a message from the division superintendent, Jawn, in
+spite of his hopes, was taken by surprise. The message was addressed to
+the agent, and was very brief:--
+
+ Send J. Donohue and fireman to Manchester at once.
+
+Jawn and his fireman took 16 for Manchester. Beyond a brief word Jawn
+had said nothing, but his heart was disturbed. He was sure that it
+couldn't mean discharge, for they would not call him north for that--a
+word and a check would have settled it. It was hardly likely that one
+of the passenger engineers was to be reduced in his favor; Jawn knew the
+inside history of every man's connection with the road, and he could see
+no reason for a change. No, as he worked it over and over in his mind
+during the three-hour ride, he began to suspect that there was special
+work to be done.
+
+If Jawn had been present at the brief scene in Mattison's office that
+morning, or if there had been a friend at court to tell him of it, he
+would have been a happy man. For while Jim Weeks, aggressive as ever,
+was organizing his forces for the defence of the road (Jim foresaw what
+Porter's next move in the natural course of events would be), Mattison
+had turned to the division superintendent, and said: “Who can you put
+on the engine, if we have to come to rough work? The nerviest man
+we've got.” And before the other could reply, Jim had turned from a
+conversation with Harvey to say: “Donohue's got to take out that train.
+He's on a switch engine at Tillman.”
+
+Jim was continually surprising his subordinates with his intimate
+knowledge of the details of management. Mattison had long been
+accustomed to his ways, but he gave Jim a glance of wonder before he
+repeated the order to the division chief. And so Jawn was called to
+Manchester as the nerviest man on the road.
+
+In the meantime a scene not unlike that at Truesdale was being enacted
+in and about the Manchester station. There was the same reticence, and
+the studied quiet and perfect discipline were even more pronounced; for
+with Jim and Harvey to issue orders, and with Mattison and Mallory to
+execute them, the chance of a slip or a misunderstanding was too slight
+to be considered. A long train of tourist cars was made up shortly after
+noon and backed into the train shed, where it lay awaiting orders. Jim
+had no very definite idea of using it, at least until force was the only
+expedient; but he had been through too many fights to be caught off
+his guard. Instructions were wired from the despatcher's office to
+the operators all along the line, ordering them to report promptly any
+irregularity or suspicious circumstance. Meanwhile the regular trains
+for Truesdale pulled out through the yards and went on their way.
+
+When Jawn came into the Superintendent's office at two o'clock he found
+a group of men standing in nervous attitudes, all evidently awaiting
+orders. A boy stopped him and asked his business.
+
+“I want to see Mr. Mattison,” said Jawn, removing his pipe and holding
+it awkwardly: Jawn, though at home on an engine, was ill at ease in an
+office.
+
+“Can't see him,” snapped the boy; “he's busy.”
+
+“He sent for me.”
+
+“Name, please.”
+
+“Donohue.”
+
+“Sit down, Mr. Donohue.”
+
+Jawn sat down in a corner and the boy disappeared. In a short time he
+returned and led Jawn to Mattison's desk. Mattison wasted no time, but
+told him the situation in a few sentences. “Now, Donohue,” he said,
+in conclusion, “you understand, do you, that we are putting a big
+responsibility on you? Mr. West will be in command, and you will be
+subject to his orders without question; but if for any reason you should
+have to act rapidly, or should be thrown on the defensive, I shall
+expect you to do what is best for the road. Run no unnecessary risks,
+but remember, we must hold the line at any cost--if we lose an engine
+doing it. Do you understand?”
+
+Jawn, standing beside the oak desk, looked down at the Superintendent
+and nodded gravely. Mattison returned the look with a brief searching
+gaze, then he turned to his work, saying, “Very well, you may go.”
+
+Harvey was all over the station. The strain of the last two days had
+told upon his nerves, but the prospect of a conflict buoyed him up.
+He had a long talk with Mallory, in which a campaign was mapped out as
+fully as was possible in the circumstances. It had been decided to hold
+the men ready to board the train at a moment's notice; but Harvey, as
+three o'clock came, ordered them aboard, for he realized that the longer
+the delay the greater would be the need of prompt action. So the long
+line filed out across the platform to the waiting cars, and the men made
+themselves comfortable for a long wait. Mallory stationed two of his
+own men in each car with orders to maintain strict discipline. In the
+baggage car were stored extra chains, hawsers, coupling links, crowbars,
+patent frogs, and every other device which, in Mattison's estimation,
+could be used in case of extreme circumstances, and there were chairs
+for Harvey and his lieutenants.
+
+Later Harvey walked up to the engine, where Jawn and his fireman were
+oiling and polishing.
+
+“Everything all right, Donohue?” he asked.
+
+Jawn growled and looked back at the coal in the tender.
+
+“She ain't much of an engine,” he replied.
+
+Harvey looked her over. She was an ordinary light yard engine with a
+footboard in place of the pilot and with a sloping tank. He called to
+the yard master who stood near.
+
+“Haven't you got a better engine than this, Pratt?”
+
+Pratt came across the platform.
+
+“I understood you wanted an old one,” he said.
+
+“We do,” replied Harvey; “but we want one that will hold a little water,
+and one that can make time if necessary.”
+
+“Shall I change, sir?”
+
+“It rests with the engineer. Donohue, can you do anything with this
+engine?”
+
+Jawn leaned against the cab and slowly shook his head.
+
+“Get another, then,” said Harvey, and as the change was effected Jawn's
+heart was won. In an unreasoning way he promptly attributed his changed
+condition to Harvey; for in spite of his gruff shell the kernel of
+Jawn's nature was keenly susceptible to kindness, and to him a good
+engine and plenty of authority was the greatest kindness in life.
+
+For two hours the train waited. Then, at five o'clock, a detail was
+sent into the restaurant, and the men were supplied with sandwiches and
+coffee, eating without leaving their seats. In half an hour all were
+fed, and they stretched out on the cane seats as comfortably as their
+crowded condition permitted. The long wait did not improve tempers, and
+it was a sullen, weary train load that counted the minutes on into the
+dusk. Jawn sat on his high seat and dozed.
+
+The suspense was even more tense in the offices on the second floor
+of the station. Jim and Harvey spent most of the time in the private
+office, going over every possible combination of circumstances, Jim
+giving Harvey explicit directions for each case--when to use force, when
+not, when to call on the law, and when to send for aid. Occasionally Jim
+would call in Mattison to ask a question concerning some detail of the
+road, or he would send for Mallory to explain more fully his directions.
+It was plain that Jim desired to leave nothing to chance, now that the
+real struggle was on, but to throw all his available resources into
+the conflict. Mattison had a map drawn for Harvey, which showed every
+station, curve, switch, and siding; this Harvey studied during the lulls
+in the conversation, and as he already was familiar with all but the
+minor details of construction, he soon had his information upon a
+working basis. At six-fifteen Mattison came in.
+
+“Mr. Weeks,” he said, “the despatcher reports something the matter. For
+two or three hours, he says, the local reports have been confused and
+unsatisfactory. A few minutes ago he called up Tillman City and hasn't
+yet succeeded in getting any reply. The local men are sending in train
+reports, but something isn't right. He's got a notion that they aren't
+our old men.”
+
+“Tell them to try again,” said Jim. “Ask them something a new man
+wouldn't know.”
+
+Mattison left the office and hurried to the stairway. On the landing he
+met a newsboy who was running up, calling:--
+
+“Shcago Even' Papers! Extry! All about big railroad war!”
+
+Mattison seized a paper and glanced at the headings. “Fight for M. &
+T.,” he read. “Trunk Line Gobbles Small Road.” His eye ran over the
+article; it was dated that afternoon from Truesdale. He turned and ran
+up the stairs, dashing into Jim's office and spreading the paper on the
+table.
+
+“It's up to us,” he said. “They've been at work all the afternoon.”
+
+As he spoke a boy came running into the office.
+
+“Message from Byron, sir.”
+
+Mattison snatched the paper and read aloud,---
+
+ C. & S.C. train leaving Tillman north seizing road.
+
+ STEVENS.
+
+“That's the Tillman agent,” said Mattison. “What's he doing at Byron?”
+
+“Probably had to run for it,” responded Harvey, putting on his hat
+and buttoning his coat. “That means fast work. Clear the track for me,
+Mattison.”
+
+“Wait a minute,” said Jim. “Have we any trains north of Byron?”
+
+“No.”
+
+“Then don't send any orders. They would warn the other side. No, go
+ahead and beat them if you have to break their heads.”
+
+As Harvey dashed out of the office Jim's eyes sparkled. He liked to
+do his own fighting, and it was half regretfully that he turned to the
+Superintendent.
+
+[Illustration: HARVEY'S MAP OF THE M. & T.]
+
+“If they're as near as that, Mattison, it means trouble. You'd better
+collect another gang and send it out after West. Take men off the
+trains, out of the yards, anywhere you can get them.”
+
+The wheels were soon in motion again, and another train backed under the
+iron roof and slowly filled with brawny men.
+
+Harvey swung aboard his train and it started with a jerk, rolling
+rapidly over the network of tracks, past the switch tower, under the
+signal bridge, and out toward the open country. The little army was not
+sullen now. Figures sat erect, eyes flashed, young men spoke eagerly,
+older ones gruffly, and through the train ran a steady murmur of
+inquisitive wonder. Apparently, save for a few dozen sticks and clubs,
+the men were not armed, but many hip pockets bulged suspiciously.
+
+In the baggage car Harvey and Mallory were talking earnestly. Mallory
+was for travelling slowly lest they should encounter a loose rail or an
+open switch, but Harvey disagreed. He spread the map out on a box and
+rested a finger on the dot marked Tillman City.
+
+“There they are,” he said, “or were a few minutes ago, and they're
+coming right toward us. Now, to keep us from getting word they have to
+stop at every telegraph station, and that takes time. We've got a clear
+track and can travel fully twice as fast as they can. Here”--he moved
+his finger up the line of the road--“here at Brushingham is a long
+siding. I want to make that siding before they do.”
+
+“Why?”
+
+“Because we must pass them there.”
+
+“They aren't going to lie up and let us run by.”
+
+“Yes, they are,” said Harvey. “Wait a moment.” He called to a brakeman
+who stood at the door, “Go up to the engine and tell the engineer to get
+to the siding at Brushingham at full speed.”
+
+The man nodded and ran forward. Another moment and those in the baggage
+car felt a jerk and a lift, and soon they were rattling over the rails
+with sway and roll. Harvey, meantime, was explaining to Mallory a plan
+which made that veteran chuckle merrily. His eyes wandered to the heap
+of chains, ropes, and iron piled on each side of the rear door, and he
+chuckled again. But Harvey's face was serious.
+
+“It's something of a question whether we can get there in time, Mallory.
+It's a sixty-five mile run for us to thirty-eight for them. We have all
+the advantage, of course, but there won't be any time to spare.” He drew
+out his watch and timed the clicks of the rails. “He's hitting it up in
+good style.”
+
+“What are we making?”
+
+“About fifty, and pulling up all the time. It won't take us much over an
+hour at this rate, and I don't believe that they can make it in anything
+like that time. There are a lot of little stations north of Tillman, and
+they've got to stop at every one.”
+
+Nevertheless, as the minute hand crept around the watch, the two men
+began to peer out through the side window. It was dark now, and as the
+landmarks were not too familiar either to Harvey or to Mallory, they
+were unable to get their bearings.
+
+“Where are we?” Harvey called to the brakeman.
+
+“Getting into St. Johns,” was the reply.
+
+Sure enough, in another moment colored yard lights were whizzing by.
+There was a great clatter as they took the switches, then a row of
+streaked electric lights, a dim impression of streets and of clanging
+bells, a shriek from the locomotive, and again they were in the open.
+A few minutes later Harvey gave orders that a brakeman climb forward on
+the engine ready to throw the Brushingham switch. Soon the car jarred
+and struggled under the air brake, and then slowed down, grinding and
+pounding, almost to a stop. The brakes were released, and the train
+rolled easily out beyond the station on to the long siding. Harvey
+pulled the signal cord.
+
+“Now, Mallory,” he said, as the train came to a standstill, “we can go
+ahead.”
+
+Mallory picked up a patent frog from the floor, and with Harvey and the
+brakeman swung out of the car and ran down the track. From the windows
+projected a long row of heads, but no questions were asked as the three
+men ran forward. A short distance ahead of the engine they stopped. Away
+to the south a small bright light rounded into view.
+
+“Here she comes,” said Mallory.
+
+Harvey made no reply, and the frog was adjusted to the east rail of the
+main track. Then they went back and clambered aboard the engine. Mallory
+ordered a squad of men forward, and stationed some on the pilot and
+running board, others on the tender and front platform. The light grew
+slowly larger, sending out pointed rays and throwing a shine on the
+rails. There was the sound of a bell and of the exhaust, and the train
+pulled slowly toward the bleak little station. Suddenly, when within
+speaking distance, the approaching engine struck the patent frog and
+left the rails with a jar and a scrape, ploughing her nose into the
+slag.
+
+“Go ahead,” said Harvey.
+
+Jawn pulled the throttle lever, and the long train moved slowly
+southward. No. 14 was not full now. The process of dropping men at every
+station had left only about half the employees, who clustered in the
+forward cars and looked curiously at the passing train. At a shouted
+order from Mallory, one of his men dropped off with a squad at his back
+and took possession of the wreck, while Harvey, flushed with victory,
+moved on to undo the work of the afternoon.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+
+DEUS EX MACHINA
+
+As Senator Sporty Jones stood on the Sawyerville platform and watched
+No. 14 vanishing round a curve, his rage against the Superintendent
+cooled somewhat and hardened into a determination to make somebody pay.
+The more he thought of it the clearer it grew that the “somebody” should
+be a bigger man than McDowell, though Sporty meant to get even with him,
+too, some day. He knew, as did every one who had read the newspapers,
+the broad outlines of the fight between Weeks and Porter for the road.
+As he thought it over, the problem seemed to grow more complicated. The
+Senator hated the two men about equally and had a long score against
+each of them; for though both were lobbyists on a large scale, neither
+of them had thought him worth conciliating. He was afraid lest in trying
+to hurt one he might help the other.
+
+He was capable of quick, clear thinking, and as he ran over in his mind
+what he knew of the fight, he saw that what encouraged these men so
+openly to resort to violence was a judicial deadlock. There was just one
+force which could profitably be appealed to now, the State Executive.
+
+He walked slowly down the rickety wooden steps and across the
+road; then, after looking about irresolutely, he turned toward the
+weather-beaten little hotel.
+
+Before he had gone far the deposed station agent overtook him. He was
+smoking a cigarette with short, nervous puffs, and he fell in step with
+the Senator, evidently relieved at having a chance to talk.
+
+“What did you think of that?” he asked. “Pretty sudden, wasn't it?”
+
+The Senator grunted a savage assent, and the agent went on:--
+
+“Well, all I say is, these fellows needn't think they've got any cinch
+until Jim Weeks has had his innings. He's going to have it, too. This
+kind of a scrap is right in his line.”
+
+The Senator seemed to be listening, and the agent was encouraged to try
+his hand at prophesying what would happen when Jim Weeks should come
+down the line. When they reached the hotel both men paused, and the
+Senator said affably,--
+
+“Come in and have something.”
+
+“All right, if you mean ginger ale,” laughed the agent. “It's a
+temperance house, with a gold cure on the side.”
+
+The disgust of Senator Sporty Jones was expressed with such blasphemous
+force that the agent was moved to add,--
+
+“You can get anything you want down in the next block.”
+
+“All right,” grunted the Senator. “Wait a minute, though; I want to
+telephone.”
+
+“There ain't a telephone in town,” said the agent. “The line goes up
+the other side of the river to Tillman. I don't believe you can find a
+'phone nearer than Truesdale.”
+
+“How far's that?” asked the Senator, after an expressive pause.
+
+“'Bout fifteen miles by the river road. You have to go round by way of
+Oakwood. It's going to rain, too,” he added, glancing at the clouded
+sky.
+
+The look of annoyance on the Senator's face settled into one of
+determination, and the agent began to fear lest the invitation to “have
+something” had slipped from the great man's mind.
+
+The Senator asked slowly, “Is there such a thing as a livery stable in
+this”--he gulped--“in this town?”
+
+“I guess old man Barnes could let you have some sort of a horse. He's
+got a place just the other side of Hogan's. I'll go down there with you
+if you like.”
+
+The parley with Barnes took only a few minutes, and at half-past three
+the Senator drove down the main street and turned west toward the river
+road. His vehicle was a light delivery wagon with a canopy over it, and
+was drawn by a ragged old white horse, which, according to the livery
+man, was an exceptional animal.
+
+“The General's an aristocrat, he is,” said Barnes. “I might say a
+thoroughbred. I hate like poison to let him out to a stranger, but I let
+you take him because I see you understand a horse.”
+
+There was no flicker of intelligence in the agent's face as he heard the
+words, but when the Senator asked him to accompany him on the drive he
+declined. “I want to be on hand,” he explained, “when Jim Weeks comes
+down the line.” So Senator Jones started out alone on his drive to
+Truesdale, and the agent watched him from the door of Hogan's saloon.
+“Go along with him!” he thought. “I guess not. It'd be a circus, though,
+to see what happens when they get to the river bridge.” Then, as Barnes
+joined him on the steps, he added, “What do you suppose the General will
+do to him?”
+
+“Oh, he won't hurt him,” answered Barnes. “He'll just turn around and
+come home when he gets good and ready. Come in and have something.”
+
+The General took a violent dislike to the Senator. It annoyed him to
+have people try to make him go whither he would not, and he shook his
+head angrily in response to the impatient jerks at the reins. When the
+Senator tried to accelerate the pace by whacking his toughened flanks
+with the whip, he kicked up his heels derisively and then stumbled along
+more wearily if possible than before.
+
+The miles crept by as slowly as he could wish, and he was pleased when
+they passed a fork of the road and he knew he was being driven to the
+river. He disliked rivers, and had long ago decided that he would never
+cross one. That his resolution had once been broken was not his fault,
+for they had dragged him over the Oakwood bridge at the end of a stout
+rope; but this only made him firmer in his determination, and people who
+drove him were wont to stay on the west side of the river.
+
+Old man Barnes had given the Senator no hint of this prejudice of the
+aristocratic animal he was driving, so he had no foreboding of what was
+going to happen. Now that he had made up his mind that it was worse than
+useless to try to interfere with the General, he was jogging along in
+comparative comfort, regardless of the rain which had grown from a fine
+drizzle to a steady downpour. He thought the chances were in favor of
+his reaching Truesdale and a telephone by midnight. He smiled at the
+thought, for he had evolved a scheme that would disconcert both of the
+contestants for the M. & T. alike, and would show them that he, State
+Senator Sporty Jones, was not a man to be sneezed at.
+
+About a half a mile above the Oakwood Club House and in full view of it
+the road crosses the river, and the Senator noticed the big, rambling
+building on top of the hill, and wondered if they had a telephone there.
+“I'll try and see, anyway,” he thought.
+
+The General turned willingly up the approach to the bridge, increasing
+his speed to an almost respectable trot. When he reached the top he
+stopped in his tracks and stared with disfavor at the worn planks before
+him. The Senator snatched the whip from its socket and beat upon the
+General until his arms were tired. At every blow the horse would kick
+feebly, and then resume a droop-eared attitude, as though grieving over
+the depravity of man. The Senator looked around helplessly, but there
+was no aid in sight, so he climbed down from the wagon and walked
+around to the bridle. The General may have suspected another attempt at
+dragging, for a vicious snap of his yellow teeth caused the Senator to
+step back out of reach, completely baffled. He stared an instant at the
+solemn face before him and then shaking the whip he said,--
+
+“You've got me down this time, damn you, but I'll--”
+
+The Senator stopped, his favorite threat unuttered, threw the whip into
+the river and turning, walked slowly across the bridge, and as he went
+the story he meant to tell over the 'phone to the Governor grew to
+fearful proportions. As for the General, when he saw that the victory
+was won, he turned about and sauntered back to Sawyerville.
+
+In the party of golfers whom the rain had driven from the links to the
+shelter of the Oakwood Club was Katherine. She had gone once around the
+short course and perversely enough her score was unusually good; but she
+could not get her mind off the more exciting game which she knew must
+be in progress along the railway line west of the river. Altogether she
+welcomed the rain, and was glad when its increasing violence drove
+them to the shelter of the club house. There at least she was near a
+telephone. She had no disposition to make one of the merry group of men
+and girls who were drying out before the crackling log fire, but after a
+moment of hesitation she joined the circle.
+
+One of the men was standing by a window, peering through a field-glass
+at the more ardent and impervious enthusiasts who were still following
+the ball.
+
+“The rain's letting up a bit,” he said at length. “You can really see
+things--hello!”
+
+The group before the fire turned toward him, attracted by the long
+silence which followed the exclamation. They saw a look of puzzlement on
+his face which gradually gave place to a broad grin.
+
+“What's up?” asked somebody.
+
+“By George,” he exclaimed, lowering the glass, “that's funny.” He raised
+the glass again and this time his shoulders shook.
+
+“I didn't know anybody out on the links could be as funny as that,” one
+of the girls observed.
+
+“He isn't on the links,” answered the man with the glass, “he's on
+the bridge. And the horse is turning round and going back.” With which
+singularly lucid preface, the young man told what he had seen of the
+General's victory at the Oakwood bridge.
+
+It was about fifteen minutes later when Sporty appeared, dripping and
+mud bespattered, but kept warm by glowing fires of indignation, and
+vigorously demanded of the attendant the use of the telephone. At the
+sound of his voice one of the older men turned quickly and approached
+him with a word of greeting. “But what's the matter with you, man?” he
+added, noting the Senator's sorry condition.
+
+“They're having a riot on the railroad,” answered Sporty. “Can I use
+your 'phone?”
+
+“Sure,” answered the other. “Right this way,” and the two men crossed
+the hall and disappeared in the office. A few minutes later the man came
+back and rejoined the group.
+
+“He's State Senator Jones, Sporty Jones, you know. He says they're
+having no end of a time over on the railroad. When I left him he seemed
+to be trying to telephone all over the State at once.”
+
+“I've heard of him,” said Katherine, “but I've never met him. I wish
+you'd bring him here after he gets through telephoning.” And the man
+with some surprise said he would.
+
+The Senator did not reappear from the office for nearly an hour, and
+in that time he worked fast. He began by calling up Representative Jim
+Cleary of the Seventh District, a man with influence who happened to
+be in the capital on business. The Senator wasted no oratory on him, he
+simply told him what it was necessary to do. After that he talked with
+other men about the State, and repeated what he had said to Jim
+Cleary, suggesting to them the proper way for putting “pressure” on
+the Governor. Then, having prepared his avalanche, he telephoned to
+the executive mansion and asked for the Governor. He learned from the
+Secretary that the Governor was busy, but would be at liberty in a few
+minutes.
+
+“All right,” said Sporty. “Let me know when he's ready to talk to me.”
+
+He rang off and rose from his chair, stiffly, for the damp and the cold
+had struck through. The man he knew appeared at his elbow, and leading
+him in to the fire introduced him to those who were still grouped about
+it, to Katherine last of all.
+
+“You must have had an afternoon full of experiences,” she said.
+
+“Yes,” answered the Senator. “I enjoyed my drive over from Sawyerville
+immensely. The weather was somewhat unpleasant, but I had an excellent
+horse and we made very good time, until we got a hot-box. I was obliged
+to leave the vehicle with a farmer, and walked the last two miles.”
+
+“Indeed?” said Katherine. “But please tell me about the riot. It must
+have been very exciting.”
+
+“I hardly think it would interest a lady,” said Sporty, uneasily.
+
+“Senator Jones,”--Katherine was speaking with much severity,--“I did not
+think when I first saw you that you could prove so disagreeable.”
+
+Sporty beamed. “It wasn't very much of a riot,” he said. “They just
+hit the fireman behind the ear and put handcuffs on the engineer, and
+started out to grab the road. They'll have to fight for it.”
+
+“Was what they did legal?” she asked.
+
+“Oh, no; not at all. It's just a hold-up.”
+
+The Senator was saying rather more than he meant to, and he was glad
+that the telephone bell broke off the conversation at this point. He
+excused himself abruptly and went to have a talk with the Governor.
+
+Katherine walked to a window and stood staring out with unseeing eyes.
+At last she turned to a man who stood near her and said:--
+
+“I don't believe it's going to rain any more. Will you have them bring
+up my trap, please?”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+
+McNALLY's EXPEDIENT
+
+Katherine's casual acquaintances thought of her as a cool, unemotional
+young woman, and when asked for their estimate of her would give it with
+confidence that it was accurate. The few who knew her better were less
+sure what they thought of her, and there was considerable diversity in
+their opinions. She had a strong will and plenty of confidence in it.
+Until she had found herself standing between Harvey West and her father,
+she never had the least doubt that in any situation she would be able to
+do what she wanted. But without knowing it she liked to let her impulses
+direct her, and her confidence that her will could, if necessary,
+overrule them gave them freer play than they would have had in a weaker
+personality. She was keenly sensitive--and this she recognized--to the
+atmosphere of her immediate environment.
+
+To-day the gray of the dripping sky and the sullen river and the
+pasty macadam road seemed to have got into her thoughts and to pervade
+everything. There was a feeling of eternity in the gathering twilight
+as though there had never been anything else and never would be. But she
+knew there had; it was only three days since she and Harvey had driven
+along this road. She recalled the glisten of the sunlight on the river,
+and the crimson of the hard maples stained by the first early frost,
+and she knew it was not the sunshine nor the tingle in the air nor the
+beautiful way in which Ned and Nick flew along stride for stride over
+the hard white road, but something else, something quite different,
+which had made her glad that Sunday morning. She looked straight ahead
+and tried to imagine that not the wooden English groom, but Harvey, sat
+beside her. Then realizing whither her imaginings were drifting, she
+pulled herself up sharply.
+
+“You sentimental idiot!” she thought.
+
+The groom spoke. “Beg pardon, Miss Katherine?” and she knew she must
+have thought aloud.
+
+Just then a black tree stump at the roadside seemed to spring out of the
+ghostly twilight, and Nick, who never had the blues, amused himself by
+shying at it. Ned caught the spirit of the lark and over the next mile
+these two good friends of Katherine's supplied her with just the kind of
+tonic she needed.
+
+It was late when she reached home and she had but a narrow margin of
+time left in which to dress for dinner; but telling the groom not to
+take the horses to the stable she hurried into the house and came out
+a moment later with a handful of sugar. The two beautiful heads turned
+toward her as she came down the steps and Nick gave a satisfied little
+whicker. She fed them alternately, a lump at a time, talking to them
+all the while in the friendly bantering way they liked. She was quite
+impartial with the sugar, but while Ned with lowered head was sniffing
+at her pockets for more, she laid her cheek against Nick's white, silky
+nose and whispered to him:--
+
+“I think I like you best to-night. You did just right to shy at that
+stump. No, Ned, it wouldn't be good for you to eat any more sugar just
+before dinner. Good-by. If it wouldn't shock father and dent the floor,
+I'd take you into the house with me. But I don't suppose you'd like it,
+though.”
+
+Katherine was glad she was late and that she had to dress in a hurry.
+What she dreaded was being left alone with nothing to do but think. She
+had gone over the ground again and again until she had lost her sense
+of proportion. She had tried to believe that the raid was right and that
+her father's methods were above reproach; she had tried to be unwavering
+in her loyalty to his cause, but in spite of herself McNally's allusions
+and the fragmentary conversations she had overheard raised doubts which
+her father's evasions did not set at rest. In spite of herself her
+sympathies swung to the square, straightforward, courageous young fellow
+who had got into her heart without her knowing it. She had tried to
+make herself believe her father's insinuations about Jim Weeks; but what
+Harvey had told her, in his undiscriminating, hero-worshipping way, had
+made too deep an impression for that.
+
+When she had finished dressing, as she stood before the mirror to take
+a final survey, she addressed a parting remark to the figure in the
+glass:--
+
+“It won't do you any good to go on bothering this way. You haven't
+anything to do now but go down to dinner and be as charming as possible,
+particularly to Mr. McNally, whom you cordially detest. When the time
+comes to do something, I hope you'll do it right.”
+
+It was just seven o'clock when she came down the stairs to be informed
+by the butler that the gentlemen had not come home yet, and should he
+serve dinner at once?
+
+Katherine waited nearly half an hour, trying to amuse herself with a
+very pictorial magazine, and, finding that tiresome, by playing coon
+songs at the piano. But the piano reminded her of Mr. McNally, and she
+didn't want to think of him; so giving up trying to wait she ordered
+dinner.
+
+Dining alone when you have made up your mind to it beforehand is not
+an unmixed evil; but in Katherine's frame of mind it was about as
+irritating as anything could be. When it was over she called for her
+coffee in a big cup, and she drank it, black and bitter, with a relish.
+The frown which for the last hour had been contracting her level brows
+disappeared, for she had thought of something to do. As she rose from
+the table she said to the butler:--
+
+“Will you order the carriage, please, right away. I'm going out.”
+
+Porter was with McNally in one of the offices of the M. & T. station.
+The two had been sitting there ever since the building had been seized
+by the deputies, getting satisfactory reports from station after station
+as the raiders moved up the line. Porter was on the point of starting
+home for dinner when the reports began coming in from Tillman City. The
+first of the yellow sheets the boy brought them simply repeated the news
+that had come in so many times that afternoon. The station was in the
+hands of the C. & S.C. men, and there had been no resistance. But the
+second sheet was less satisfactory, for it told of Stevens's escape on
+the yard engine.
+
+Porter read it and exclaimed petulantly, “McDowell must have been asleep
+when he let a man get away like that.”
+
+“Do you think there's much harm done?” asked McNally.
+
+“I'm afraid so. Weeks will hear all about it in a few minutes, if he
+hasn't already, and he's sure to hit back. He moves quick, too.”
+
+“We can wire McDowell to stay right where he is, and rush through
+another train with re-enforcements,” suggested McNally. “We may not be
+able to get the rest, but we can at least keep what we've got.”
+
+“You'd better make up another train, anyway. We can fill it up with men
+from our carshops. McDowell had better keep right on up the line. If
+we have to fight, it'll be better to do it at some small place than at
+Tillman. We're less likely to be interfered with. Tell McDowell to go
+slow and not too far.”
+
+The order to McDowell with the promise of reeforcements was sent out in
+time to catch him before he left Tillman, and then McNally turned his
+attention to massing his reserve. At the end of an hour and a half
+of hard work he saw the last files of the rear guard march down the
+platform and into the train. His frown expressed dissatisfaction, for
+these men were not so good fighting material as those McDowell had
+captained. Their manner was sheepish; they did not finger lovingly the
+clubs they had been provided with, and altogether they seemed to feel
+a much greater respect for law and order than was appropriate to the
+occasion.
+
+They were the best men available, however, and there were several
+hundred of them, and McNally was about to give the order which would
+send them up the road to the succor of McDowell, when Porter came
+hurrying toward him from the telegraph office.
+
+“Don't send those men out yet, McNally,” he said. “There's something
+wrong here. I think they've bagged McDowell.”
+
+The train despatcher came into the waiting room, and seeing them walked
+rapidly toward them.
+
+“Something has gone wrong, gentlemen. We've been talking to Gilsonville
+and he's all balled up. He isn't the same man who was there fifteen
+minutes ago.”
+
+“They've got past McDowell then,” said McNally. “And they couldn't have
+done that without catching him. We'd better get that train away as fast
+as possible then, hadn't we?”
+
+“I don't think so,” said Porter. “Have them ready to start at a minute's
+notice, and we'll plan out what's the best thing to do.”
+
+Back in the little office again Porter explained his plan. “You see,” he
+said, “these fellows are not likely to be very much in a fight. We don't
+know how many men Weeks has got, but the farther down the line he comes
+the weaker he'll be. If we let him come far enough we can do the same
+trick to him that he must have done to McDowell; but if we meet him
+halfway, he may beat us. That leaves us at his mercy.”
+
+“Do you think Weeks is on the train himself?” asked McNally.
+
+“Can't tell. It would be like him. If he isn't, that young West is. Most
+likely West is, anyway.”
+
+“He's the man that blocks our game, if he is a fool. If anything should
+happen to him, there wouldn't be any question as to who was receiver of
+the road.”
+
+Porter said nothing and there was a long silence. Then McNally went on,
+speaking slowly and guardedly:--
+
+“If there is anything of a mix-up such a thing would be likely enough to
+happen. He's young enough and cocky enough to get hurt quite naturally.”
+
+Then Porter spoke quickly, for he read the unsaid meaning in the words.
+“That's going too far. I want the road, but not that way.”
+
+McNally's drooping lids quivered, but otherwise his face was
+expressionless. He made no pretence that Porter had misunderstood him.
+He spoke as though unheeding the interruption.
+
+“If we bring about his disappearance for a day or two,--it needn't hurt
+him any,--we'll control the road, fight or no fight.”
+
+He had meant to say something more, but he stopped, his eyes fixed on
+the opening door. Following his gaze Porter turned.
+
+“Katherine!” he exclaimed.
+
+With automatic courtesy, McNally rose and drew up a chair for her, but
+Katherine did not take it. She had worn a high-collared black velvet
+cloak over her house dress, and she drew it off and threw it over the
+desk. Then coming up behind her father she touched his forehead lightly
+with her cool hands.
+
+“Keeping everlastingly at it,” she said, trying to speak lightly,
+“without any dinner or anything. Is business getting so very, very
+serious?”
+
+The tenderness of it touched Porter, and though he felt that she should
+not be there he could not send her away.
+
+“We're right in the thick of it now,” he said.
+
+“It will all be over one way or the other in a day or two.”
+
+“And then,” said Katherine, with a little laugh, “and then I'll have
+somebody to play with again.”
+
+She stooped and kissed him, and then noticing that McNally was still
+standing she addressed him for the first time.
+
+“Please don't wait for me to sit down. I'm going to stay right here.”
+
+Porter yielded to the restfulness of having her there and sat with
+closed eyes, while she stroked the trembling lids with the tips of
+her fingers. Neither of the men spoke, and at last Katherine broke the
+silence.
+
+“Don't you think,” she said to her father, “that everything would go
+just as well if you came home with me now and took a little rest? You'll
+feel lots better to-morrow, if you do, and there's a to-morrow coming,
+you know. It isn't likely that anything more will happen tonight, is
+it?”
+
+“I'm afraid it is,” said McNally. “You see we think Weeks is coming down
+the line now, with a trainful of armed men, and he may force us into a
+fight before morning.”
+
+“I see,” said Katherine. “That is, when his army meets the one you sent
+up the line this afternoon.”
+
+Porter moved his head free from her hands and asked sharply,--
+
+“What do you know about that, dear?”
+
+“Just what Senator Jones told me,” she answered. “He got off the train
+at Sawyerville and drove over to the Club to telephone.”
+
+“Do you know which Senator Jones it was?” asked McNally. “Was it the one
+they call 'Sporty'?”
+
+“Yes,” laughed Katherine; “I'm very sure it was that one.”
+
+McNally turned quickly to Porter. “He's got it in for your people,
+hasn't he?”
+
+“Yes,” the other answered; “but he can't do much harm. Nobody pays any
+attention to him. Do you know, Katherine, whether his telephoning had
+anything to do with us?”
+
+“I'll tell you everything I know about it,” she said, and she recounted
+what she knew of the doings of the Senator on that afternoon.
+
+“Is that bad news?” she asked, when she had finished.
+
+“We can hardly tell till we see what happens next,” said McNally.
+
+Katherine seated herself in the chair McNally had placed for her,
+and listened while her father and McNally talked over their plans and
+speculated upon the probable import of the messages which kept coming
+in. There was no attempt to keep Katherine in the dark as to what their
+plans were, and for the time she had given up looking at the perplexing
+aspects of the situation, and was enjoying the action and excitement of
+it. But as the clock ticked off one hour and then another, she noted
+her father's increasing weariness, and she determined to make another
+attempt to get him home, where he could, at least, have a few hours'
+rest.
+
+She rose, and walking around behind him, as she had done before, she
+clasped her hands over his eyes, and said:--
+
+“You're completely worn out, dad. Please come home. I don't believe
+anything is going to happen after all.”
+
+Porter sighed wearily; but he said, “My dear, if Jim Weeks is coming
+down the line, something is sure to happen.”
+
+“Do you think he's on the train himself?” she asked.
+
+McNally looked up quickly. It was not the question, but something that
+the question suggested to him, that made him say:--
+
+“Probably not. We think young West is in charge of the gang.”
+
+Katherine's hands were still clasped over her father's eyes, and McNally
+took the opportunity this afforded him to accompany his words with a
+meaning look that was insolent in its intentness. In spite of herself
+Katherine felt the blood mounting into her cheeks and forehead,
+and McNally, seeing the blush, made no effort to conceal his smile.
+Katherine did not flinch from his gaze, but returned it squarely.
+Dropping her hands to her father's shoulders, she said steadily:--
+
+“I suppose he is on the train. He likes that sort of thing. Of course
+Mr. McNally will lead our forlorn hope when it starts out.”
+
+She smiled as she said it, for he winced under the thrust.
+
+He rose hurriedly, and as he moved toward the door he spoke to Porter.
+
+“I've got some business to attend to with Wilkins. I'll be back soon.”
+
+When he had left the room Porter turned to Katherine.
+
+“You'd better go home now. I can't go until we know what is going on out
+on the road. I'll come as soon as I can, but you must go now.”
+
+He had spoken gently, but with a finality that left Katherine no hope
+of persuading him. He took up her cloak and threw it over her shoulders,
+and kissed her.
+
+“Good night. I'll come along by and by.”
+
+“If you don't, I'll come back after you.”
+
+Without waiting to hear her father's dissent, which she knew would
+follow this declaration, she fled from the room and down the steps to
+her carriage.
+
+As she settled herself among the robes and cushions she heard McNally's
+voice:--
+
+“Can you find the right men to do it?”
+
+The door slammed and the carriage clattered away with Katherine
+wondering what “it” was.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+
+IN THE DARK
+
+After leaving Brushingham, Harvey and his crew merely duplicated the
+enemy's performance of the afternoon. The C. & S.C. employees were
+thrown out before they had become thoroughly settled, and with each new
+capture messages flew back to Mattison at Manchester, giving him and Jim
+Weeks a detailed account of the progress of the train. The greatest care
+was exercised to keep news of the train from Truesdale. Wherever there
+was a possibility of the ejected men reaching a telephone, they were
+actually taken in custody and placed under guard. The operators were
+instructed to answer all messages from the Truesdale despatcher as
+intelligently as possible, in order to continue the deception.
+
+It was a long, hard ride. Harvey was called upon constantly to exercise
+ingenuity in the handling of his forces, and though Mallory was of great
+assistance, the strain of responsibility rested upon Harvey. He was
+tired when he started, but as the night wore on toward morning, nothing
+but his sound nerves kept him on his feet. At two-thirty o'clock they
+were within twenty miles of Truesdale, and Harvey and Mallory were
+both in the engine, anxiously looking for obstructions. From Mattison's
+despatches they knew that reenforcements were flying down over an open
+road, but the collecting of a second force had taken time, and it was
+nearly midnight before the second train was on its way, a hundred and
+sixty-five miles from Harvey's present location.
+
+Nearly all Harvey's men had been dropped along the line, and he was in
+no position for a conflict, particularly as he had no knowledge of the
+enemy's location or preparedness. Mallory was for pausing until the
+other train should reach them, probably about daylight. He argued that
+they had nothing to gain and everything to lose. Harvey, undecided,
+referred to his map, spreading it out on the fireman's bench while
+Mallory lighted matches and held them over the paper. Harvey ran his
+finger down the line to Sawyerville.
+
+“Just north of the Sawyerville station,” he said, “there is a curve and
+a deep cut. I am inclined to think that if they try to block the road
+they'll do it there. The quarries are right at hand, and all they need
+to do is to roll a few rocks down.”
+
+“Do you think they would try that?” asked Mallory. “It would block them
+worse than it would us.”
+
+“I don't know about that, but I'll feel a lot easier when we're through
+that cut with open country between us and Truesdale. Run slow, Donohue,
+and put out your headlight. Mallory, you see that the train is perfectly
+dark. We might as well try a little bluffing even if we do strike them.
+They won't know but what we've got five hundred men aboard, and the
+others will reach us before they find it out.”
+
+Mallory clambered over the coal in the tender, while the fireman crawled
+out on the running board and extinguished the headlight. The night was
+very dark, and Jawn leaned out of the cab window, his left hand gripping
+the throttle lever. The fireman was badly in need of sleep, and showed a
+tendency to grumble in a half-incoherent way, but Jawn was as silent as
+at the start. To Harvey, who even in the excitement was afraid to
+sit down for fear of falling asleep, the engineer was a marvel in his
+machine-like self-control.
+
+Slowly the line of empty cars rolled along. Jawn's eyes were glued
+to the track in front, which to Harvey seemed a constantly resolving
+confusion of shadows. The tall gray telegraph poles crept by with
+monotonous regularity until Harvey turned away and looked out at the dim
+meadows on the left, over which was spread a ghostly film of mist.
+
+“There's the cut,” said Jawn.
+
+Harvey looked forward, but could see nothing. Jawn, however, gradually
+slackened speed until they were barely moving. Mallory appeared on the
+tender and came over the coal to the apron, where he stood leaning out
+with one arm around the cab door-post. The fireman heaped a shovel with
+coal, and staggering wearily into the cab he knocked open the door of
+the fire-box from which a dull glow tempered the darkness. Harvey seated
+himself on the fireman's seat, holding himself stiffly erect and trying
+to distinguish the track before. Jawn slowly brought the train to a
+stop.
+
+“What is it?” asked Harvey. “See anything ahead?”
+
+“No. We're about two hundred yards from the curve.”
+
+Harvey turned to Mallory.
+
+“We'd better throw out a few men ahead, Mallory, to see that the track
+is clear.”
+
+“Haven't got many left, not more than half a dozen altogether.”
+
+Harvey stepped down and stretched his tired limbs.
+
+“I'll go myself,” he said. “Call one of your men up here.”
+
+Mallory climbed back on the tender and whistled. A man who had been
+sitting on the steps of the first car came forward.
+
+“You wait here, Donohue,” said Harvey. “If everything is all right,
+I'll come back.” He struck a match and looked at his watch. “We've been
+taking time enough. It's three-fifteen now. I'll walk along the top of
+the cut on the left-hand side, and you “--to the detective--“you take
+the other side. Keep within easy hail--” He paused abruptly. Through the
+crisp night air came the roll and snort of an engine. There was a long
+silence in the cab.
+
+“She's running slow,” said Jawn, at length.
+
+Harvey stood breaking the match into bits. The noise of the other train
+came slowly nearer, but so slowly that all listened breathlessly. After
+a little they could hear the rumbling of an exhaust, and Jawn muttered,
+“She's stopped.”
+
+“We'd better wait,” said Mallory. “It's more than likely that they have
+another gang ready for us. They probably will be coming this way before
+long.”
+
+Harvey stepped up to the fireman's seat again, and fixed his eyes on
+the black cut ahead. It was still dark, but he could now distinguish the
+deep shadow which marked the spot where the track bent sharply to the
+left between its rock walls. For some time all were silent, listening to
+the noise of the other engine. Jawn sat on his bench, which he had not
+left for hours, ready either for going ahead or for backing, as the
+circumstances should dictate. Mallory moved to the step and swung out as
+before, watching and listening. The fireman swung his arms and shifted
+his feet in an effort to keep awake.
+
+Occasionally they could hear men shouting, then there would be no sound
+save the subdued hiss of steam. After a long wait a bell rang, and
+Jawn's grasp tightened, but the other engine gave only a few coughs and
+stopped again. The ensuing silence was broken by Harvey stepping to the
+tender and beckoning to the detective, who had been sitting on the coal.
+
+“All right,” said Harvey. “We'll go ahead and see what they're up to.
+You take the right bank, and keep close to the edge where I can talk
+to you if necessary.” He swung out of the cab and began laboriously to
+climb up the seamed sloping rock, which reached a man's height above the
+cab roof.
+
+Excepting the occasional cracks and jagged projections there was no
+foothold, and it was at the expense of cut and scraped hands that he
+scrambled up the soft limestone and reached the top. He sat for a moment
+on the ground to recover his breath and to pull himself together. The
+detective was standing on the opposite bank and Harvey rose and
+stumbled forward. They crept along, climbing fences and tripping through
+underbrush. As they rounded the curve the ground began to slope away,
+and soon they could see the headlight of an engine. Behind it, at the
+Sawyerville platform, stretched a train of lighted cars.
+
+Harvey and the detective had been talking across the cut, but now for
+the sake of caution they went on in silence. Harvey slipped around a
+farmyard that backed up to the track, and struck into the woods that lie
+north of Sawyerville almost up to the station and its lonely cluster of
+houses. Stepping quietly along a bridle path he soon came within earshot
+of the station.
+
+Little knots of men stood on the platform talking excitedly. The new
+station agent and operator was running about in his shirt sleeves with
+his hand full of papers. Within the cars were crowds of men; Harvey
+estimated that there were several hundred. Standing near the engine,
+the centre of a small group, was a large man whom Harvey thought
+was McNally, but he could not be certain at that distance and in the
+uncertain light of flickering station lamps.
+
+Harvey's sporting blood was up, and with entire forgetfulness of his
+exhaustion he crept slowly forward, worming through the brush and long
+grass behind a snake fence. Slowly he progressed until only a muddy
+road intervened between him and the north end of the platform. Taking
+advantage of a noisy blow-off from the engine, he piled some brush up in
+front of him and stretched out at full length with his chin on his arm,
+viewing the scene through the opening between the two lowest rails of
+the fence. Now he could easily recognize McNally, and without being
+able to distinguish words could even hear him talking. Suddenly McNally
+stepped out from the group and called down the platform,--
+
+“Blake, are Wilkins and the boys back yet?”
+
+The reply was lost to Harvey, but McNally shouted,--
+
+“If they aren't here in five minutes, go ahead.”
+
+That told Harvey just what he wanted to know, and slowly turning he
+began crawling back. But before he had gone very far, he heard a sound
+which suggested possibilities. It was the wheezing of his own engine at
+the other end of the curve. Now that he stopped to think, he realized
+that it must have been perfectly audible to McNally's party. From this
+it was naturally to be inferred that “the boys” had been sent out on a
+mission similar to his own. It occurred to him that he and they might
+have passed, and that the repassing might not so easily be accomplished.
+He increased his efforts and soon was deep enough in the woods to get to
+his feet and run. When he drew near the farmhouse he took a detour and
+passed it with fifty yards to spare. He could not afford to rouse any
+dogs. He was getting into the open when three or four men appeared
+directly in front of him, walking slowly from a strip of woods toward
+the track. Harvey dug his heel into the ground and dodged back, but the
+men saw him and without a word started in pursuit.
+
+The chase was not a long one. Harvey was completely hemmed in, and
+exhausted as he was and spent with running, he was soon overhauled. He
+tried to call out, but one of the men gripped his mouth.
+
+Mallory, as soon as Harvey was out of sight, settled down to await his
+return with more or less impatience. The fireman leaned against the
+forward end of the tender and promptly fell asleep, but Jawn waked him
+with a growl, whereupon the exhausted man stood erect, struggling to
+bring his rebellious nerves under control. As the minutes slipped by
+Jawn's eyes shifted from track to bank and back to the cut again. The
+clouds that lingered from the afternoon rain hid every star save one
+near the horizon, which struggled to announce the coming dawn.
+
+Ten minutes passed, and fifteen. Then came the warning bell of the other
+locomotive, followed by a quick succession of puffs as the big drivers
+gripped the rails. Jawn leaned far out the window and scanned the banks
+of the cut. No one was in sight. He ducked in and seized the throttle
+lever.
+
+“Hold on,” said Mallory. “Are they coming this way?”
+
+“Yes.”
+
+Mallory seized his arm.
+
+“Back up, then. We can't meet them.”
+
+Jawn jerked his elbow from Mallory's grasp and opened the throttle.
+
+“Are you crazy, man!” Mallory shouted. “Stop her! You'll kill us!”
+
+Jawn opened her a little wider. For an instant Mallory looked at him in
+wonder, then he sprang forward and jammed the lever close to the boiler.
+
+“Reverse!” he ordered.
+
+For reply Jawn turned on Mallory and crowded him back. Weak-nerved from
+the long strain, suffering for lack of sleep, the two men broke down
+for the moment, and struggled about the cab. The fireman stumbled back
+against the boiler with a dazed face, but after a moment he recovered
+and rushed between the two men.
+
+“This ain't right!” he screamed. “If you two fight, we're ditched.”
+
+As he spoke, the detective who had gone with Harvey came slipping and
+tumbling down the cut, and clambered aboard the engine. Jawn and Mallory
+fell back against the opposite benches and glared at each other. Jawn
+suddenly reached for the throttle.
+
+“Wait a minute,” gasped Mallory; “she's stopped.”
+
+Half reluctantly Jawn listened. Sure enough, the other train had paused,
+evidently just around the curve.
+
+“The man's right,” Mallory went on. “We haven't got any business
+scrapping; we've got to pull together. Now tell me what you were trying
+to do.”
+
+Jawn looked out ahead before he replied,--
+
+“I ain't going to leave Mr. West down there.”
+
+“Isn't Mr. West back?” asked the detective, in a startled tone. “He's
+had time enough to go clear to the station and back. I went pretty near
+to it myself. They've got a train full of men. It looks like business.”
+
+“Hear that, Donohue?” said Mallory. “What do you think we can do against
+a gang like that?”
+
+“That don't make no difference, Mr. Mattison says, 'Hold the line if you
+lose an engine doing it,' and I'm going to hold it.”
+
+“But stop to think, man. There isn't a possible chance of holding it.
+We'll do more good by dodging back and keeping them guessing until the
+relief comes. As it stands now we are perfectly helpless.”
+
+“Now look here,” said Jawn. “You go back and fetch every man you got.”
+
+“What are you up to?”
+
+“No difference what I'm up to. You fetch your men.”
+
+Mallory looked sharply at Jawn, then he motioned to the detective, who
+dropped to the ground and hurried back.
+
+“What's your plan?” Mallory asked again. But Jawn shook his head and
+watched the cut.
+
+In a moment the detective reappeared followed by five others. All six
+came crowding upon the apron. Without leaving his seat Jawn gave his
+orders,--
+
+“Get on the tender, as high up as you can, and when we go at 'em, yell
+like hell.”
+
+With startled, wondering faces the men clambered back, Mallory among
+them, taking positions on the tank and on what was left of the coal.
+From around the curve another succession of puffs drew Jawn's eyes to
+the front, and his grip tightened.
+
+“Hold on, back there,” he called, “and don't yell till I holler. Fire
+up, Billy.”
+
+Billy fired up and the engine moved slowly forward. She crept cautiously
+toward the curve, foot by foot. On the rock wall dead ahead a yellow
+light flashed, and then crept around toward them. Jawn waited until it
+was almost full in his eyes.
+
+“Whistle, Billy,” he said.
+
+The hoarse whistle shrieked, and the other engine seemed to start, then
+hesitate.
+
+“Now,” said Jawn, without looking around, and he let out a tremendous
+yell of “At 'em, boys!” The men on the tender promptly raised an uproar,
+the fireman shouted as he jerked the whistle cord, and Jawn sat with one
+eye on the indicator, the other on the approaching headlight, his bass
+voice all the while roaring out a fiery challenge not unmixed with
+profanity.
+
+The engineer of McNally's special had received no orders to sacrifice
+his engine, and had no desire to sacrifice himself. He wavered, stopped,
+then tried to back. But Jawn let out another notch, and rammed his
+bull nose into and through the other's pilot with such force that both
+locomotives left the track.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+
+THE COMING OF DAWN
+
+The collision occurred at the southern end of the cut. It had for the
+men in the C. & S.C. train the additional force of unexpectedness.
+It was not violent, as railway collisions go, but the shock of it was
+enough to jerk the huddled, dozing men out of their seats, and to
+awaken them to a full consciousness that something had happened. In the
+stupefied hush which followed the crash they heard outside the train a
+chorus of shoutings,--derisive, blasphemous, triumphant. That completed
+their momentary demoralization; a panic swept them away, and the
+frenzied men fought each other in the effort to reach the car doors.
+
+But the rush was checked as suddenly as it had begun. The first men to
+get through the doors had hardly leaped to the ground when they saw
+from the shadow of the cut the vicious spit of revolvers and heard the
+bullets singing unpleasantly over their heads. Where they stood the gray
+dawn made them perfectly visible, but the blackness of the cut screened
+their assailants and made it impossible to guess their numbers. About
+twenty men had got out of the C. & S.C. train when the volley was fired,
+and the celerity with which they scattered brought another cheer from
+Mallory's men intrenched in the cut.
+
+Some of the fugitives scurried to the woods, while others struggled back
+into the cars. The shots had been heard inside the cars, and the rush to
+get out of them was succeeded by the impulse to lie down. The men were
+without leaders, without means of measuring the peril they were in or
+the force of their opponents, without knowledge of what was expected of
+them; and they lay cowering but angry in the barricaded cars, awaiting
+further developments.
+
+There was no one to tell them what to do. Where were their leaders?
+The murmur ran through the line of cars that McNally and Wilkins had
+deserted them. For neither of them was on the train when the collision
+occurred.
+
+McNally, standing on the Sawyerville platform near the rear end of his
+train, had already given the signal to go ahead when a man came out of
+the woods, hurried across the muddy road, ran down the platform, and
+clutching his arm said eagerly:--
+
+“Mr. McNally, Wilkins wants you to come over here. We've caught one of
+them and he says he thinks it's the one you told him about.”
+
+McNally turned and shouted to the engineer, “Hold on up there a minute”;
+but the cry was unheard, and the long train continued slowly toward the
+curve. Smith, who had just brought the report to McNally, started up the
+platform in pursuit, but McNally stopped him.
+
+“Never mind,” he said. “They won't go far. Now tell me about this fellow
+you've caught. Where was he?”
+
+“Right over here in the woods; it's only a little way. Wilkins wanted
+you should come over there.”
+
+“Go ahead,” said McNally. “Show me the way.”
+
+The two men crossed the road and entered the woods by the path. It was
+still as black as midnight under the trees, and they felt their way
+cautiously. Just north of the farmhouse they left the path and stepped
+into the crackling underbrush. They had gone but a few paces when they
+were stopped by the sound of a low whistle close by at their left.
+
+“There they are,” said the guide.
+
+McNally started to follow him, but hesitated and then whispered:--
+
+“I'll wait here. Send Wilkins out to me, will you?”
+
+When Wilkins appeared McNally stepped back a little and looked around
+nervously before he spoke.
+
+“Can they hear us?”
+
+Wilkins shook his head.
+
+“How much did you tell that young fellow of our conversation?”
+ questioned McNally.
+
+“Smith? Nothing but just what he told you. I said I thought he was the
+man you told me about.”
+
+“What does he look like?”
+
+“Big man--straight dark hair. I took these out of his pockets.”
+
+They were a handful of papers, and McNally took them eagerly. “That's
+something like,” he said.
+
+It was too dark to make out anything, and he struck a match. The crackle
+was followed by another sound from the thicket, as though a man had
+moved suddenly and violently. McNally started and dropped the match,
+glancing suspiciously toward the spot whence the sound came.
+
+“It's only the boys,” said Wilkins. “Here, I'll give you a light.”
+
+As he sheltered the flickering match-light with his hands, McNally
+glanced over the papers. One of them he found by unfolding to be a map
+of the railroad. There were some memoranda, scrawled and unintelligible,
+and last of all, what appeared to be a note in a crumpled blue envelope,
+bearing a week-old postmark. He scrutinized it closely, and then rubbed
+his soft hands over it. There was the caricature of a smile on his face.
+
+“That's all the light I need. He's the man.”
+
+As Wilkins dropped the match, McNally turned a little and slipped the
+blue note into his pocket. Then he handed the other papers to Wilkins,
+saying:--
+
+“Put them back where you found them. We don't want to rob him.”
+
+In a moment, with lowered voice he went on:--
+
+“I don't think it's necessary for me to give any further instructions.
+When you go back there just tell those men what we want. It's necessary
+that West shall be out of the game for the next day or two, that's all.
+I'll walk along toward the train, and when you get through with them
+follow me down the track. What force have they on the other train?”
+
+“Not more than twenty men.”
+
+“That simplifies--”
+
+As he started to speak there came to his ears a splintering crash
+followed by a quick succession of shots.
+
+McNally smiled. “The boys are rushing things,” he said. “I hope they
+aren't doing anything rash. I'll hurry along and pacify 'em. Follow me
+as soon as you can, will you?”
+
+He turned to go, but Wilkins waited.
+
+“Mr. McNally,” he said, “I guess you'd better attend to that West
+business yourself. I'll send one of those men to you, and take Smith
+down to the train with me.”
+
+“What do you mean?”
+
+“I guess you can see what I mean all right,” said Wilkins. “I'd rather
+let you be responsible for any kidnapping.”
+
+He did not wait for a reply, but hurried into the thicket, and nodding
+to one of the men who still held Harvey he said in a low tone:--
+
+“You're wanted out there. Your partners can hold this chap all right.”
+ Then with a gesture motioning Smith to follow, he felt his way through
+the woods and down the side of the cut to the track.
+
+Once out of the shadow of the trees he could see plainly enough, for
+dawn was breaking fast. The rear end of his train was in sight, about a
+hundred yards up the track; the head of it was hidden by the curve. From
+the cut he could hear derisive shouts and cat-calls, but from his own
+train not a sound. Puzzled and a little alarmed, he broke into a run.
+He passed the rear cars and came around the curve in sight of the men in
+the cut.
+
+“Get back there, you damned robber!” shouted one of them, and the
+command was followed by a shot.
+
+The bullet went high over Wilkins's head, but it had its effect none
+the less. He sprang up the steps of the nearest car and threw himself
+against the door. It resisted his efforts, however, and from inside the
+car came another warning, for a gruff voice said:--
+
+“Quit that, if you don't want to be blown full of holes.”
+
+Wilkins stepped out of line of the door before he answered:--
+
+“Let me in, you fool. It's me, Wilkins.”
+
+The door opened slowly and he looked into the barrel of a levelled
+revolver, which was lowered when he was recognized. He looked about the
+crowded car in increasing amazement, the men shifting sullenly under his
+glance. At last he said:--
+
+“What in hell are you men doing here? Scared to death, too; and by half
+a dozen men! Stand up now, and go out there and tie 'em up. It won't
+take you but a minute.”
+
+There was an inarticulate growl of protest, and the man who had been
+guarding the door spoke:
+
+“They've got us in a hole. We started to get off the train and they shot
+at us from the cut. They can pick us off like rabbits.”
+
+Wilkins hesitated. He did not know whether or not the men in the
+cut would shoot to kill, but he saw that their position gave them a
+tremendous advantage in the first rush. He did not care to face the
+responsibility of ordering a charge that would prove too costly. After a
+moment he said:--
+
+“It'll be all right if you all do it together. One of you speak to the
+men in the forward cars and I'll go back and do the same thing. Then
+when we give the signal make a rush.”
+
+Wilkins went through toward the rear of the train, as he had said,
+but his object was to gain time and to wait for McNally. Then the
+responsibility could be shifted to where it belonged. When he reached
+the rear platform he saw McNally coming up the track. He hurried to meet
+him, and in a few words laid the situation before him.
+
+McNally's upper lip drew away from his teeth as he heard it, but he
+spoke quietly.
+
+“They've got us bluffed down, haven't they? But I guess it's about time
+we called them. They'll be pretty careful not to hit anybody with those
+guns of theirs. Have the men come through to the rear of the train and
+get off from this platform where they'll be screened by the curve. Then
+they can spread out through the woods and come down on 'em from the
+sides of the cut.”
+
+Of course the odds were overwhelming; they were greater even than the
+numerical disparity would indicate, for the men in the cut were utterly
+exhausted. They had staked everything on their bluff and had been
+sustained for a time by seeing that it was succeeding. But at last Jawn,
+standing in the cab of his derailed locomotive, saw something that made
+him call quickly to Mallory.
+
+“They've started,” he said.
+
+“Where are they?”
+
+“Comin' up through the woods.”
+
+Mallory glanced quickly about and said, “We're flanked. There's no good
+in staying here, is there?”
+
+“The baggage car'll hold together for a while, and the other train ought
+to be here now.”
+
+“Well,” said Mallory, “we'll try it. Come on, boys, get to cover.”
+
+The men climbed into the car, and Jawn and Mallory were discussing
+methods for defending it, when the fireman thought of something.
+
+“How about Bill Jones?” he asked. “He's back with the flag. Ain't he
+liable to get snapped up?”
+
+“He'll have to take his chances,” said Mallory.
+
+“Hold on, though. It won't do for them to find him.”
+
+He glanced out of the window and then ran out on the platform.
+
+“There's time enough, I guess,” he muttered, turning and speaking into
+the car. “I'm goin' back with him.”
+
+He disappeared, and Jawn quietly assumed command of the defences. “Don't
+do any shooting,” he said. “It won't help any in this mix-up. These are
+good to hit with,” and he showed a coupling pin he held in his hand.
+
+When the preparations were made for the defence, and all the bulky
+articles in the car had been placed where they would be most in the way
+of an attacking party, the men waited. They were stupid with fatigue,
+and even the prospect of an immediate attack failed to arouse them; but
+they were still game, and though they lay about the floor in attitudes
+of utter exhaustion their sullen determination to hold the car was
+unmistakable.
+
+At last a shower of stones came rattling about the car, and they heard
+the shouts of two hundred men who came charging down the banks into
+the cut. Jawn and his men breathed more freely now that the waiting was
+over, and drew themselves up with a spark of their old alertness. One
+man began singing, drumming on the car floor with a stick,--
+
+“There'll be a hot time--”
+
+And another, springing to his feet, took to balancing his loaded club,
+shifting it from finger to finger, and then catching it in his hand he
+struck quick and hard through the air to see where the grip was best.
+
+Then they heard the sound of feet on the north platform, and some one
+tried the door. “Guess they're in here,” they heard him say.
+
+“Guess you'll find that you're dead right about that,” observed the man
+who had been singing.
+
+Jawn said no word, but waited with blazing eyes beside the door. He
+meant to strike the first blow with his coupling pin. There were two
+ineffectual thuds against the door and then a crash. The hinges started
+and one panel splintered inward. Another, and this time the door fell
+and a giant of a man, jerked off his balance by the sledge he had swung,
+staggered into the car. Jawn struck; the man's collarbone crackled under
+the coupling pin and he fell forward with a yell. Then over him and
+over the fallen door came the rush. The handful of defenders chose
+their corners and fought in them, each in his own way; some in a sort of
+hysteria, screaming curses, some striking silently, and one, the singer,
+with a laugh on his lips. When the fireman was struck senseless, this
+man fought over him until forced back by press of numbers, so that he no
+longer had room to strike.
+
+The defence of the baggage car was over, and the defenders, disabled and
+disarmed, were submitting to the handcuffs or to the bits of rope which
+were used in securing them, when there came a sound of cheering, which
+made their captors leave them hastily and clamber from the car. The
+relief had come.
+
+It came on the run, with Mallory at the head. There was no order, no
+pretence at formation; simply a stream of eager, angry men, some running
+through the cut along the tracks, others stumbling through the woods
+above, all animated by the desire to reach the scene of action as
+quickly as possible. And waiting for them was another mob of men, the
+main body of McNally's army. They were crowded in the cut on both sides
+of the train they had just captured, with the knowledge rankling in
+their hearts that they had been held at bay by a handful of determined
+men. They were glad they had somebody to fight.
+
+The moment the two bodies of men came together the confusion became
+indescribable. The men had no means of distinguishing between friend and
+foe. They were at too close quarters to make fighting possible, and if
+it had been, no one would have known whom to strike and whom to
+defend. The cut was densely packed with men who strained and swayed and
+struggled and swore, but who could not by any possibility fight. But
+slowly the increasing weight of the new arrivals began to tell, and
+slowly, almost imperceptibly, the mass began to move south. Eventually
+they would push out of the cut to the open, where they could discuss
+matters more satisfactorily.
+
+In the excitement they did not hear the long train that came clanking up
+from the south and stopped just behind the C. & S.C. train. But a moment
+later the uproar ceased, as sounded high and clear the echoing bugles,
+“Forward, Fours left into line, March!” Looking, they saw six companies
+of the National Guard come swinging across the open, the horizontal rays
+of the rising sun gilding their fixed bayonets.
+
+There was no need for shot or bayonet thrust, the mob was quiet.
+McNally, as he stood panting in the thickest of the crowd, knew what
+it meant. The time for violence was over; his army had outlived its
+usefulness. And he knew that however the fight for the M. & T. was to be
+won, this was the beginning of the end.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+
+KATHERINE DECIDES
+
+It was some hours before definite information was to be had concerning
+the present condition of affairs. No one knew whether his side had won
+or lost, whether the M. & T. was a Weeks road or a Porter road, though
+in the excitement each claimed control and made immediate efforts to
+enforce orders relating to its conduct. Messages flew back and
+forth along the singing wires, and wrecking trains started almost
+simultaneously from Manchester and from Truesdale, with instructions
+to clear up the muss at Sawyerville, in order that the regular train
+service be resumed.
+
+But before matters were more than fairly under way, there came a sudden
+suspension of action. The Weeks wreckers paused at Brushingham, and
+contented themselves with pulling Harvey's first capture back on
+the rails. That done, the conductor stuffed a bundle of somewhat
+contradictory but imperative orders into his pocket, and stretched
+himself on the little red bench on the Brushingham station platform; the
+engineer, after a shouted order, settled down to the nearest approach
+to rest known to an engineer on duty; the division car repairer and the
+roadmaster curled up in the caboose, for they had been routed out at
+an unseemly hour; the station agent amused himself reading the messages
+that rattled through to the South and back, telling of a muddle at
+headquarters. When a wrecking train is held for orders, it is safe to
+assume that something has happened.
+
+Down the line there was a similar occurrence. The Truesdale repair crew
+was caught at Sawyerville and ordered back. But before the astonished
+conductor had read the message through, another came ordering him
+on, subject no longer to the Superintendent's orders, but to those of
+Colonel Wray, 3d N.G.
+
+The Governor of the State, in the conduct of routine matters, was
+usually content to follow precedent, which means that the State House
+clerical force was let more or less severely alone to govern the
+community, while the executive directed the politics of his party with a
+view to coming elections. At times an emergency occurred, miners struck,
+excited citizens lynched a negro, henchmen of the other party strained
+the voting laws, municipal corporations endeavored to steal State
+privileges--in any of which cases he delayed definite action until
+public sentiment bayed at his heels, then he acted with shrewdness and
+despatch. At the time of the fight, this same noisy public was keen
+on the scent of the railroads. Certain street railway corporations had
+called out abuse by methods which were excusable only for their success,
+and the mass saw no reason to believe that one corporation was better
+than another. Discriminating freight tariffs, which had seemed to
+favor a neighboring State, had thoroughly antagonized the country
+districts--and the country districts' vote. From even the solid
+communities had come rumors of restlessness and discontent. Ward bosses
+were worried, county magnates were dodging reform committees instigated
+by the traditionally conscientious minority, and the Governor knew that
+certain bills which awaited his signature were not likely to increase
+his following.
+
+So it was that the great man was watching, watching and waiting, for the
+opportunity to strike a blow which should swing public sentiment around
+in his favor. Up to the present the whole State had been quiet. The
+miners were as orderly as the Sunday-school over which he presided when
+in his native town. The great labor organizations he was so eager to
+conciliate perversely gave him no opportunity.
+
+And so it was that when messages came pouring in upon him from bosses
+and chairmen and advisers urging immediate interference in the M. & T.
+fight, when the sheriff of Malden County sent in an hysterical report,
+all instigated by the pungent advices from mad and muddy Senator Sporty
+Jones--the Governor inclined his ear. He was a shrewd man, and he knew
+that in order to make a distinct impression on The Public his blow must
+be sudden and spectacular. The longer he thought on it, the more the
+opportunity pleased him, and before the evening was far advanced Colonel
+Wray was speeding to Truesdale.
+
+The Third was not a city regiment. It was made up of men from the middle
+sections of the State, a company to every few counties with battalion
+headquarters in three of the smaller cities, Truesdale for one. In
+the city regiments was a blue-stocking element which did not fit the
+Governor's present needs.
+
+As soon as Colonel Wray reached Truesdale, he established himself in
+the inhospitable warehouse which in reports was called an armory. Before
+midnight the local company was collected, uniformed, and in order. Later
+special trains arrived, and squads and companies marched through the
+echoing streets, to sit dozing about the armory. At three-thirty a train
+came in from the southern counties bringing the second battalion, three
+hundred husky farm lads who glowed with responsibility as they stacked
+arms and awaited orders.
+
+Then came a telephone message that McNally's relief train had left
+for the North. Colonel Wray waited no longer but marched over to the
+station, seized the telegraph office and the telephone, placed guards at
+each entrance and about the train shed, ordered the yard master to make
+up another train, levied on the station restaurant for six hundred
+cups of coffee, and tore fly-leaves from the news-stand books to write
+special orders for the waiting adjutant.
+
+Meanwhile Porter was feverish. He tried to bulldoze the sergeant in
+the telegraph office only to be hustled off by a corporal's guard. He
+finally reached the Colonel's ear, but was heard in courteous silence.
+He made an effort to call up the Oakwood Club to send a message to
+McNally, but the sunburned young fellow in the 'phone box leaned on his
+rifle and shook his head. The same thing happened when he tried to get
+out of the building--“Sorry, sir. Captain's orders”--and the baffled
+magnate paced up and down the waiting room between long files of
+light-hearted boys in blue. It was humiliating to consider that he had
+subscribed heavily toward fitting up the Truesdale armory, that half the
+officers knew him and feared his influence.
+
+While he was racking his brain sudden orders were shouted through the
+building. The lounging groups came up with a jerk, there was a rattle
+of arms, and in ten seconds the farm boys had resolved into a machine,
+a set of rigid blue lines that reached the length of the waiting room.
+There was another order, and one after another the companies broke into
+columns of twos and swung through the glass doors, which were held open
+by a couple of scared but admiring waiters.
+
+Porter followed the last company and stood in the doorway behind two
+crossed rifles watching the troops climb into the cars. The Colonel
+stood at the track gate as the men marched through, talking with his
+aids. Porter thought for a moment of calling to him, but realized the
+futility of it after the treatment he had just received. Besides, even
+a railroad president could hardly keep his dignity with those ridiculous
+guns under his nose. So he turned and walked slowly to his temporary
+headquarters in the station agent's office, but to find that the young
+captain left in command by Colonel Wray had made himself at home and was
+issuing orders to a snub-nosed lieutenant.
+
+Porter took a chair and looked out of the window. For a moment he was
+too weary to be aggressive. Worry and loss of sleep had lined his face,
+and the absence of news from McNally kept his nerves strung. As he
+sat there gripping the arms of the chair, face a little flushed, hair
+disarranged, collar dusty, he looked ten years past his age. It was a
+critical moment in the fight, and he knew it, but cornered as he was,
+absolutely uninformed as to his position in the struggle, or the meaning
+of the military display, a sense of helplessness almost unnerved him.
+Heretofore his fights had been largely conducted through deferential
+employees. He was accustomed to bows and scrapes, to men who feared him,
+who watched his every move in awe, and to find himself utterly at the
+mercy of these tin soldiers was disgusting. It was twenty-four hours
+since he had had a wink of sleep and eighteen since he had eaten a full
+meal--facts which in no small measure lessened the stability of his
+mental poise. And there he sat waiting through the darkness and the
+dawn.
+
+The reds and golds in the eastern sky spread and paled. The little
+green-clad city stretched down the gentle hill, now indistinct in the
+haze. An early electric car whirred and jangled past the station, and
+Porter was half conscious of the noise. He got up, straightened his
+stiff joints, and went to the lunch counter, where he had to jostle
+between two gawky privates before he could order a cup of smoky cereal
+coffee and a sandwich. After getting a place he could not eat, so he
+returned to the office. Now that some sort of routine was established,
+the Captain showed a willingness to meet him civilly.
+
+“See here,” said Porter, after a few commonplaces had been exchanged,
+“how long is this going to keep up? There is no sense in holding me
+here.”
+
+“Sorry, sir. I have no desire to inconvenience you, but my orders are to
+let no one out and no one in. And you know what orders are for.”
+
+“Oh, that's all right,”--Porter leaned back in his chair and looked out
+the window,--“but there's such a thing as going to extremes. Sometimes
+common sense supersedes orders.”
+
+“You forget, Mr. Porter, that you are here for the purpose of conducting
+a raid, and we are here to stop that raid. Under the circumstances it is
+my duty to hold you and every one connected with the affair until I am
+otherwise ordered.”
+
+“But I am not a thief, man.”
+
+“No, perhaps not.” The Captain turned to some papers on the desk, and
+Porter continued to look out, wearily, with a sudden dull ache above his
+eyes.
+
+A corporal appeared in the doorway, saluting.
+
+“There's a young lady, sir, says she's got to see Mr. Porter.”
+
+“Who is she?”
+
+“Don't know, but she sticks to it.”
+
+“It's my daughter,” said Porter, with an effort to rise. “Where is she?”
+
+“Wait,” the Captain said; “I'll speak to her,” and he followed the
+soldier.
+
+Porter sat still. After a little he heard voices in the waiting room,
+and Katherine entered the office. At the sight of his worn, haggard face
+her annoyed expression vanished, and she drew the Captain's chair beside
+her father's and laid her hand upon his forehead.
+
+“You are sick,” she said gently.
+
+“Nonsense”--he made a feeble effort to shake off her hand--“I asked you
+not to come back. I'm tired, that's all.”
+
+Katherine rose and looked about.
+
+“Come into the waiting room, dad, and lie down. You must have some sleep
+or you won't be good for anything.”
+
+“You must go back,” said Porter, shaking his head. “This is no place for
+you.”
+
+Katherine looked quietly into his eyes. It was not the first time that
+the strain of his busy life had told upon her father's nerves, and she
+knew what was the matter.
+
+“Come, dad,” she said. “Get a little sleep, and I'll stay by and wake
+you if there is any news.”
+
+Porter scowled, then slowly rose. The Captain, who had been hesitating
+in the doorway, came forward to assist. Porter turned on him savagely.
+“Let me alone. I can walk, I guess.” But at a glance from Katherine the
+Captain took an arm, and Porter submitted, seemingly unconscious of his
+inconsistency.
+
+Along the walls of the waiting room were benches, and on one of these
+they tried to make Porter comfortable. When she saw that his head must
+rest on the wooden seat, Katherine hesitated and looked at the Captain,
+who was following her with his eyes.
+
+“I wish there was something for a pillow,” she said. “Perhaps”--she
+stood erect and looked slowly about the waiting room, then stepped to
+the door of the office, returning with a pretty frown. “I wonder”--she
+met the Captain's gaze smiling frankly--“if you would let me take your
+coat.”
+
+He was not an old officer, and he was not a hermit, so with but slight
+hesitation he unbuckled his belt, removed the coat, rolled it up, and as
+Katherine raised her father's head he slipped it underneath.
+
+“Will you send one of your men to a drug store for some camphor?” said
+Katherine, fumbling in the purse that hung from her belt.
+
+The Captain beckoned to one of the soldiers who were clustered about
+the door, and placed him at Katherine's disposal. When he returned she
+soaked her handkerchief with the camphor and laid it on her father's
+forehead. He was already asleep.
+
+“He'll be better as soon as he has had a little rest,” Katherine said.
+“You are very good to help us.” The Captain bowed with the expression of
+a man who has just been promoted, but said nothing.
+
+For an hour Porter slept, and during that time Katherine stayed by him,
+moistening the folded handkerchief and chafing his wrists. The Captain,
+his importance and self-command oozing away a bit at a time as he
+watched the cool, quiet girl, hovered near as often as his dignity would
+permit with offers of assistance, most of which Katherine accepted.
+He put her horses and trap in charge of a militiaman, he brought out a
+rocking-chair for her, and when, a little after eight o'clock, Porter
+showed signs of waking, he sent out for some breakfast.
+
+On Porter, the touch of sleep, the welcome cup of coffee, and more than
+anything else his daughter's soothing presence, seemed to have a marked
+effect. He sat up, leaning back heavily, and with a struggle collected
+his thoughts. Katherine joked with him, and fussed over him with a
+maternal solicitude that made the Captain smile.
+
+At eight-thirty, as Porter was sipping another cup of coffee, the
+corporal appeared.
+
+“A man says he's got to see Mr. Porter, sir. A Mr. McNally.”
+
+“McNally,” cried Porter, starting up only to sink back, breathing
+heavily. “Bring him here. I've got to see him.”
+
+The Captain hesitated.
+
+“Did he state his business?”
+
+“No, sir. But he has a pass through the lines at Sawyerville, signed by
+Colonel Wray.”
+
+“Um--let him come in.”
+
+It was not the Mr. McNally who had played for Katherine two nights
+before. That had been a well-groomed, self-possessed man of the world;
+this was a muddy, unshaven, angry man, who spoke in a loud voice and
+smothered an oath just too late to keep it from her ear.
+
+He recovered somewhat, but even McNally could not lose sleep and temper
+for so many hours without a more or less immediate result. As she looked
+at him with a cool bow, Katherine thought of Harvey, and something
+caught in her throat.
+
+“Well,” said Porter, “what about it? What's happened? Who's running this
+road?”
+
+McNally looked curiously at the Captain before he replied. That officer,
+at an appealing glance from Katherine, left the group.
+
+“The Governor is running it. He's played a game that knocks us silly.
+He's come down on us and cinched things for the senatorship at one
+crack.”
+
+“What do you mean?” In his excitement Porter sat erect.
+
+“The Old Man has declared the M. & T. under military rule until the
+courts choose to settle it to suit themselves. That throws us out,
+throws Weeks out, and the devil take the hindmost.”
+
+“Has there been trouble?”
+
+“They smashed into us at Sawyerville”--he suddenly remembered
+Katherine--“Excuse me, Miss Porter, I must see your father alone.”
+
+“He cannot be excited, Mr. McNally.”
+
+“There is no time to waste--”
+
+Katherine turned abruptly and went into the office.
+
+“Yes,” said McNally, “they ripped into us at Sawyerville and we had the
+hell of a time till Wray's guards came up and stopped it. Wray let me
+through,--it was just after daylight,--and I picked up a horse from
+a farmer and rode down. But we got West though, damn him!--caught him
+sneaking through the bushes.”
+
+“Be careful, McNally, we've got to be careful. It's no time to get mixed
+up in a thing like that--we--we can't afford--”
+
+“That's all right, Porter. We don't know where he is--I don't know, you
+don't know--and before we find out he'll be loose again.”
+
+“But--Jim--Weeks don't forget that kind of thing, McNally--Jim Weeks--”
+
+“Oh, damn Jim Weeks! I'll take care of him.”
+
+Porter paused to drink at a gulp what was left of his coffee.
+
+“Remember, McNally, I can't back you if you get careless--I can't back
+you, you know.”
+
+“God, man! you've got to back me! You've got to back me through
+everything, or you'll go down with me. I tell you, Porter, we're too far
+in to back out, and it's nerve that's going to win. If you don't back
+me, if you don't draw on every cent you've got to shove it through,
+you'll be the one to be hit--not me.” He paced the floor. “Yes, sir.
+It's you if it's anybody.” Suddenly he stopped. He looked hard at
+Porter, then he turned quickly and strode into the office. Katherine was
+standing at the window.
+
+“Miss Katherine--”
+
+“Mr. McNally, my name is Miss Porter.”
+
+“Miss--Miss Porter, I met a friend of yours this morning. I met him
+under peculiar circumstances. We had some words, I regret to say, and
+he left this with me.” The plump, dirty hand drew a blue envelope from
+McNally's coat pocket. “It has seemed to me that where your father's
+honor was as seriously involved as in this matter, you should have
+followed some other course than that of traitor.”
+
+In his excitement, McNally misunderstood Katherine's silence.
+
+“You have deliberately drawn out your father and me that you might aid
+our opponents. I have watched you--I have seen it--it is not your fault
+that we are not ruined--and for the sake of a man that I caught spying
+on us this morning, sneaking through the bushes in the dark--”
+
+There was a groan from the doorway. Porter stood there with one hand
+over his eyes. Katherine looked for an instant, then she brushed past
+McNally, and with one arm about her father she called to the Captain,
+who stood at the other side of the waiting room. He came at once.
+
+“Captain,” she said, “I must ask you to take care of my father. Please
+telephone for a doctor and a closed carriage, and see that he is sent
+home at once. I shall drive there in the trap to prepare for him. Don't
+let this man”--she turned contemptuously toward McNally--“speak to
+him or excite him in any way. Will you do this?” As she spoke her face
+softened, and she held out her hand. The Captain took it.
+
+“Yes, Miss Porter, I will take care of him.”
+
+Katherine, without looking again at McNally, walked to the door and
+called for her trap. As she waited on the steps, a newsboy came running
+down the walk, crying:--
+
+“Nine o'clock Extry! All 'bout M. & T. riot!”
+
+Katherine stopped him and bought a paper. The black headings told the
+story tersely, but one item stood out with vivid distinctness. She read,
+“Harvey West Disappears--Supposed that He Was Kidnapped--His Followers
+Swear Vengeance--Rumored that He Is Hidden Near The Oakwood Club.” For
+a moment the blood left her face, and her nerves tightened, but when the
+trap was pulled up she was herself, and the smile she gave the soldier
+in charge brought forth an earnest but amateurish salute.
+
+Then Katherine drove home--it was her duty to go home. But, her duty
+done, she would drive straight to the Oakwood Club.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+
+HARVEY
+
+Before the dawn broke on Thursday morning Harvey was a prisoner. It was
+so absurd, so ridiculously theatrical, that had he not been too tired to
+think clearly, his sense of humor would have been equal to the occasion;
+as it was, he was angry, baffled, desperate. While held in the thicket
+by Wilkins's gang he had caught a voice too like McNally's to be easily
+mistaken, and when McNally struck the match that showed him the papers,
+Harvey had with an effort flopped over on the leaves, bound as he
+was, and through the bushes had caught a glimpse of McNally's face and
+figure.
+
+While the shooting and the uproar sounded from the cut Harvey was held
+in the woods, but before the second encounter his captors jerked him to
+his feet, tied his handkerchief across his eyes, and led him stumbling
+away. In a few moments Harvey lost all sense of direction. He figured
+that he was still on the east side of the track, and in all probability
+was going southeast on the river road. For a short while he tried
+to keep the direction, but realizing that he might be turned without
+knowing it, he gave up and decided to rely upon a chance opportunity
+to escape. Undoubtedly his guards were acting simply as agents, and
+it occurred to him that he might be able to influence them; but as his
+occasional attempts at conversation brought only profanity in reply, he
+fell back upon silence.
+
+Through his thin bandage he could feel that the light was growing
+brighter. Then he was led from the road, splashing through a ditch and
+sprawling over another fence. He bumped into a tree. The men jerked him
+roughly away and led him forward, twisting and stepping from side to
+side. Occasionally his foot struck a fallen log. Evidently they were in
+a heavy wood.
+
+At best their progress was very slow and was marked with numerous
+haltings and delays. Finally, about two hours after the start, Harvey
+was thrust through a doorway and a lock clicked behind him. He tore
+off the handkerchief and found himself in a small office, evidently
+deserted, for the rusted stove, the broken chair, and the floor were
+thickly coated with dust. There was one window, empty of glass and
+boarded up from the outside. He looked through a crack and saw the
+caved-in shaft house and the straggling waste heap of a worked-out mine.
+“Wonder how long they're going to try this game,” he thought. He picked
+up the remains of a chair and tipping it over sat on the rounds.
+
+Harvey was nearly done for. Aside from the strain of the week, and
+particularly of the night just ended, he was wet to the knees, and his
+head ached from a chance blow received during his brief struggle near
+the Sawyerville station. His eyelids drooped, and for fear of dropping
+off to sleep he rose and walked the floor. Gradually his head cleared.
+It occurred to him that McNally would have run the risk involved in
+kidnapping him only because it was very important he should be gotten
+out of the way. Therefore, he reasoned, it was equally important from
+his point of view that he remain decidedly in the way. He looked through
+the crack and saw three men standing a few yards from the window talking
+excitedly. Their voices were gradually rising.
+
+“What you goin' to do with him?” asked one. “We can't keep him here.”
+
+“Well, it's only for a few days.”
+
+“But who's goin' to feed him?”
+
+“Yes,” said the third, “an' how about us?”
+
+“Oh, you'll be all right,” from the big man, who seemed to be the
+leader; “that's all fixed.”
+
+“Who's goin' to do it--McNally?”
+
+“Ssh!” the leader looked around, and all three lowered their voices.
+
+Finally they seemed to reach an agreement; for the first speaker turned
+and walked rapidly toward the woods, and the others took to patrolling
+the small building.
+
+Again Harvey walked the floor. If he was to be of any service to Jim
+Weeks during what was left of the fight, it was absolutely necessary
+that he escape as soon as possible. In the course of his work as Jim's
+private secretary he had become fairly well acquainted with the details
+of his employer's many interests. Nearly all the mines along the M. &
+T. were owned or controlled by the capital which Jim represented, and
+Harvey knew the location of each of these. There was but one abandoned
+mine in the Sawyerville district, the Valley Shaft; it was about four
+miles from Sawyerville station and perhaps three or four from the
+Oakwood Club.
+
+Therefore, he reasoned, if he once broke loose from this galling
+restraint, he would soon be in a position to communicate with Jim.
+
+Outside, the big man stood directly before the window; his fellow could
+be heard walking to and fro in the rear of the building. Harvey looked
+about the room. There was nothing to serve as a weapon, except some
+part of the stove. He bent down and removed one of the small iron legs,
+taking care to make no noise. Then he examined the window. The boards
+were half-inch stuff, nailed on with little idea of security, probably
+because the office contained nothing worth stealing. He figured that
+it would be no difficult matter for a man of his weight and strength to
+force an exit. For the moment he forgot his weariness.
+
+Accordingly he drew back across the room, and bracing for a second
+against the wall, he ran forward and threw himself at the boards. They
+gave way more easily than he had supposed, and a rapid effort landed him
+squarely on the leader, who had turned at the noise. The struggle was
+short. Each had received a few hard blows when the man jerked his right
+arm loose and reached back for his revolver.
+
+Harvey took advantage of his open guard to strike a quick blow with the
+stove leg and brought the fellow to the ground. Harvey rolled him over,
+took the revolver from his pocket, and picked up his own hat. A noise
+from behind the building called to mind the other man, and he hurried
+forward. The other was walking stealthily toward the shaft house.
+
+“Say,” called Harvey.
+
+The man turned sullenly.
+
+“Your friend there--he doesn't feel well,” Harvey laughed nervously and
+gestured with the revolver; “you'd better look after him. I've got to
+go now.” He paused to glance back at the big man, who was lying on one
+elbow and rubbing his head, then he turned and ran toward the woods.
+
+Once on the way, however, Harvey's sudden nervous strength deserted him.
+One of his opponent's blows had cut his scalp, and he was surprised to
+feel blood trickling down his face. He ran until his breath gave out,
+then he walked, struggling to overcome the dizziness that was coming on
+him. After going some distance he found a bridle path, and soon saw the
+river road before him. The need of hurry urging him on, he left the path
+to cut across a meadow. With some difficulty he drew himself upon the
+fence, and paused for breath with one leg thrown over the top rail.
+Then he felt a wave of dizziness, and, his muscles relaxing, he pitched
+forward into the long grass.
+
+Good nursing, proper food, and a brief rest were enough to pull together
+Porter's yielding nerves. There was some delay at first in getting a
+physician, and Katherine was obliged to wait for the greater part of
+an hour before the slowly driven carriage brought her father home.
+Considerable time passed before his improvement justified her in leaving
+the house, and then it was so near noon that she decided to wait until
+after lunch.
+
+Once on the road behind Ned and Nick, and beside the erect groom,
+Katherine realized the delicacy of the situation. Up to this moment she
+had been acting frankly upon impulse. It was so clear to her mind that
+McNally had been instrumental in the kidnapping of Harvey, and the
+sudden emotion aroused by the whole affair had so overwhelmed her, that
+for the time her only thought had been to get to Harvey, to be near him
+and of some service to him. But Katherine's impulse on this occasion
+was not far in advance of her reason, and what had begun in a whirl of
+excitement was continued in a spirit of quiet persistence. To be
+sure, there was a moment of wavering, but even then she did not think
+seriously of turning back. Anyway, there was nothing marked or unusual
+in frequent drives to the club during this crisp golfing weather.
+
+It was after two o'clock when she reached the club. The links were
+dotted here and there with golfers, and the usual autumn quiet hung
+about the verandas and halls of the building, but in the office there
+was bustle and excitement. Katherine stood near the wide fireplace in
+the lower hall drawing off her gloves and looking through the office
+door. A man was telephoning, a big man with a quiet voice. In a moment
+he rang off and turned around. His face interested Katherine and she
+watched him as he talked to the steward; she could not help hearing the
+conversation.
+
+“I've got to have another horse,” the big man was saying. “I'll pay you
+whatever your time is worth. I want this whole county stirred up in half
+an hour.”
+
+“But, sir, I cannot leave the club. We are short of help as it is, and
+the caddies are busy.”
+
+“I've no time to talk. A man has been kidnapped and very likely injured.
+You get a rig--any kind, a farm wagon, if the horses are good--and have
+it here in fifteen minutes. Figure your time at whatever you like and
+send the bill to me.”
+
+He handed a card to the steward, who looked at it with a slight start,
+and murmuring, “Certainly, Mr. Weeks,” started down the hall. Katherine
+stopped him.
+
+“What is it, Perry?”
+
+“Jim--Mr. Weeks. He wants a horse.”
+
+“You may lend him my trap--And, Perry, say nothing of it.” Without
+waiting for a reply, she went into the reading room, picked up a
+magazine, and, throwing open her jacket, sat on the broad window-seat. A
+moment later Ned and Nick were pulled up on the drive, Jim Weeks climbed
+in beside the groom, and they hurried down toward the bridge.
+
+The magazine lay open in Katherine's lap. She rested an elbow on the
+window-sill and sat for a long time looking out across the valley. Not
+two weeks before this day she had stood on the veranda with Harvey,
+looking at the same picture through the haze of twilight. Then it had
+seemed like summer; now it was unmistakably autumn. Then the leaves were
+only beginning to yield to the touch of the waning year; now they were
+aflame and dropping--as she looked a whirl of them danced across the
+sloping lawn, the stragglers settling in the grass already marked by
+little dabs of red and russet brown. Farther off, in the valley, were
+corn-fields, now squares of yellow and bronze and gold. It was a glowing
+picture, but to Katherine it meant only that summer was dead, and she
+viewed it with vague regret.
+
+The afternoon wore on, but Katherine took no account of it. At a little
+after four, when Jim Weeks drove up and entered the building, she was
+startled into looking at her watch. She heard the telephone bell ring,
+and realized that he was talking. Then he paced up and down the hall.
+She wanted to go out there and ask him about Harvey, whether he was
+found, or whether--she shuddered a little at the thought of injury--but
+a feeling of helplessness possessed her. She realized that the time was
+slipping rapidly away. Jim Weeks might go, and she would have learned
+nothing, would have done nothing. But she had not come altogether in
+vain. She recalled with half-defiant pride that Jim had used her horses.
+
+“You are Miss Porter?”
+
+Katherine started, and turned with a slow blush. Weeks stood gravely
+looking at her.
+
+“I understand that I have to thank you,” he continued. “They were your
+horses, I believe. I hope I have not inconvenienced you by keeping you
+here. But it was an emergency.”
+
+“Has Mr. West been found?” Katherine struggled to keep the anxiety out
+of her voice.
+
+“No.” Weeks sat down. “It seems impossible to get any word. I've roused
+things pretty effectively though, I think. There's a reward up. The
+sheriffs of both counties are at work, and the farmers are all stirred
+up. There's nothing to do but wait. If he's found, and by any chance is
+hurt, they're to bring him here.”
+
+“Wouldn't it be a good plan to have a doctor here, in case--”
+
+“I don't think it is necessary. Of course the probability is that he is
+locked up somewhere and is being held for a day or so. If he is knocked
+out, it was not done intentionally. They wouldn't dare.”
+
+At the word “they” Katherine winced a little, but Weeks apparently was
+entirely impersonal. There was a silence, Weeks sitting with slightly
+drawn brows but with an otherwise impassive face, Katherine looking out
+the window. A little later a wagon came slowly up the roadway. Two men
+were on the seat and a third reclined in the box. They were driving
+carefully, and Jim did not hear the sound of the wheels until a subdued
+exclamation from Katherine drew his attention. She was sitting erect,
+her hands gripping a cushion. Jim followed her gaze, then without a word
+he rose and hurried from the room.
+
+A moment later Katherine saw the wagon pull up at the steps, Weeks
+running down to meet it. The man beside the driver dropped back into the
+wagon box and raised the reclining figure; then he and Jim helped him to
+the ground.
+
+In spite of the soiled clothes, the matted hair, and the bandage across
+the forehead, Katherine recognized Harvey. When she saw that he could
+walk, even though leaning heavily on the others, her heart bounded. The
+three came slowly up the steps. Then she could hear Jim's voice in the
+hall, evidently issuing an order, and the steward slid one of the hall
+settees into the room and piled rugs upon it.
+
+Katherine rose in some doubt as they entered. She had taken up two of
+the cushions, one in each hand, and stood holding them. By now it was
+nearing five o'clock. The sun was about setting, and while outdoors
+it was still light, the long low room was already dim with approaching
+evening, so that not until he was close at hand could she see Harvey
+distinctly. But when she did distinguish the pale face and the weary
+eyes, her hesitation vanished and she hastened to lay the cushions on
+the settee. Harvey evidently had not observed her, for he suddenly drew
+back.
+
+“Really, Miss Porter, I'm not such an invalid as these people are trying
+to make out. I don't need to lie down.” He laughed slightly as Jim drew
+him forward. “It's just a little stiffness. See here--” he broke away
+from his helpers and walked somewhat uncertainly to the settee, sitting
+on the edge. “What's the matter with that?”
+
+“Lie down, West,” said Jim, quietly. Katherine glanced at him quickly.
+It was a peremptory order, but delivered in a quiet friendly tone whose
+calm assertiveness admitted of no debate. With an impatient gesture
+Harvey obeyed. Indeed, as Katherine looked almost shyly at this big,
+self-contained man she wondered if it would be possible to disobey him.
+And with the sudden realization of his secure authority came a wave of
+pity for her own father, the man who had thrown himself against this
+human rock and who was suffering for it. She turned away an instant for
+fear that her face would reveal her emotion.
+
+“Well,” said Jim, looking at his watch, “by starting now I can catch the
+early train to Chicago. Be careful, West; there's no hurry. I'll wire
+you in the morning if there is anything important. Miss Porter, may
+I ask you to see that the steward takes care of Mr. West? I'll send a
+doctor out. I'm sorry to trouble you--there's no one else.”
+
+Katherine inclined her head. And then she realized that Harvey and she
+were alone.
+
+“Won't you draw up a chair?” said Harvey. “I want to talk to you. I'm
+glad you're here. It's an awful bore to be alone when you're this way.”
+
+His attempt at an easy manner gave Katherine a sense of relief. She sat
+beside him.
+
+“I'm sorry you are hurt. How did it happen?”
+
+“I think I fell off a fence. Wonder if I lost my handkerchief?” He
+thrust his hand into his pocket, and drew out a revolver, clasping it
+by the barrel. “That's funny. I don't remember--oh, yes.” He stuffed it
+back into his pocket.
+
+“What is it? Tell me about it.”
+
+Harvey looked thoughtfully at her. It occurred to him that to let her
+know of McNally's actions, which presumably were instigated by Porter
+himself, would be bringing matters too close home.
+
+“No,” he replied, “it's rather a disagreeable story. If you were a good
+nurse you would try to make me forget it. I'm glad you are here--very
+glad. How did you happen to come?”
+
+“I often drive out. It is growing dark. I must think about getting
+back.”
+
+“No,” said Harvey, quickly, “don't go. I don't want you to go. I want
+to talk to you.” His voice dropped as he spoke, and both suddenly became
+conscious of a change that had come over them, between them. Katherine
+sat still, turning her head toward the window, and though she could not
+see him she knew that Harvey was looking at her. The room was darker
+now.
+
+“Have you thought how odd this is,” Harvey went on, “this conversation?
+We are talking just as though nothing had happened, just as though we
+were the same people who--who bought things at Field's; but we aren't.
+There's no use in thinking we are.” He paused to raise himself on his
+elbow. “Do you know it is just twelve days since we were here?”
+
+Katherine laughed a little.
+
+“You have counted them?”
+
+“Yes. Last night when I was coming down on the special I thought about
+it--you know it seems longer, it seems a year ago. You remember we
+talked about the M. & T. And the next day when you drove me to the
+station--do you remember? I've wondered since then, a good many times,
+what you meant, whether you really wanted to see us win.” She started to
+speak, but he broke in: “If I dared think so--”
+
+“You think I am weak.”
+
+“No, if you really want to know what I think--I think you are the
+strongest girl I ever knew. Katherine,”--he reached impulsively for her
+hand, but she drew it away,--“I think you are--well, I might as well say
+it, you probably know it anyhow. I love you. I--I don't know that there
+is anything else to say.”
+
+Katherine leaned back and looked at him. Her back was toward the window,
+and he could see only the outline of her head.
+
+“Are you sure?” she asked slowly.
+
+“You mean--you think I'm not well, that I haven't control of myself--I
+do love you, Katherine, so much that I can't get along without you. You
+believe me, don't you? You must believe me!”
+
+“Yes,” very slowly, “I believe you.”
+
+“Then--”
+
+“I don't know what to say. I'm afraid I--Oh, don't say any more! It
+isn't right.” She rose suddenly as if to move away, but Harvey caught
+her dress and then her hand.
+
+“Katherine, you aren't going to leave me this way. Perhaps you don't
+want me, perhaps I have been mistaken and foolish, but I love you, and
+that ought to count for something.”
+
+“It does--you don't understand--” She looked out the window for a
+moment: the first low-lying stars were out. “Don't you suppose,” she
+said at last, in a labored voice, “that I have feelings? Don't you
+suppose that I--I don't mean that, either. You have been fighting my
+father--I have helped you. I have helped you to injure him, my own
+father. He is sick now, and I left him to-day, because--” Harvey's grasp
+tightened. “I have been disloyal to him, I have been dishonest--and that
+counts for something, too. No--we have been good friends, we can still
+be good friends. Perhaps, if it had been different--but it wasn't.”
+
+“You don't mean this, Katherine.”
+
+She drew her hand away and stood erect, dignified now and calm.
+
+“I am going home. I know that you love me, and I know that you will not
+hurt me any longer; for it does hurt me, I will tell you that.”
+
+“But I shall see you--” With an effort, he raised himself to his feet
+and stood, weak and giddy, leaning on the back of the chair. “I won't
+give you up!”
+
+“Lie down. You mustn't tire yourself. We don't know what may happen,”
+ she steadied his arm as he sat down on the couch; “we only know what is
+right for us now. Good-by. I will speak to the steward.”
+
+With throbbing head Harvey sank back on the cushions. A few moments
+later the doctor came in.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+
+THE TILLMAN CITY STOCK
+
+The Governor was a familiar figure in Chicago, and his presence in a
+hotel lobby ordinarily excited no more than a glance of curious interest
+from the loungers about the news stand. The sensation he caused, when he
+entered the office of the Great Northern on Friday afternoon, was due to
+the company he brought with him; for on one side walked a pale, nervous,
+careworn man, who was hardly recognizable as the dapper, self-contained
+William C. Porter, and on the other, burly as ever, and, though grave,
+confident as ever, was Jim Weeks.
+
+A man who was registering at the desk watched them as they stepped into
+an elevator, and then said to the clerk:--
+
+“Have you got your furniture well insured? Because you can bet your life
+the fur will begin to fly in a few minutes.”
+
+But the conference, which any reporter in Chicago would have given his
+ears to hear, was a quiet one. The Governor dominated the situation,
+and at the very outset he made this clear. In his dealings with the
+Intelligent Voter he was wont to call a spade by many high-sounding
+names, but when he chose he could call it a spade, and he did choose so
+to do this afternoon.
+
+The road, he said, was for the present in the hands of the State. Every
+station was guarded by a detail of State troops who had instructions
+to pay no attention to any writs from any court whatever. In every case
+they were to respect actual possession, and to allow the routine work of
+running the road to be carried on by the men they found in charge. This
+state of things would continue until the Governor was fully convinced
+that there would be no further attempt by either party to obtain
+possession of the road by force.
+
+The Governor went on to point out that a continuation of this
+arrangement was against the interest of both parties, as it brought the
+affairs of the road into unpleasant prominence, and every added day of
+it antagonized the people more, and might eventually lead to some rather
+drastic legislation which would hurt every road in the State.
+
+The courts would of course settle the question of possession in time,
+but meanwhile some sort of an understanding must be reached. The
+Governor proposed as a solution of the difficulty that the two men
+should jointly sign a paper he had drawn up.
+
+It was a petition addressed to the Governor himself, asking him to
+appoint one or more men to act as receivers of the road until the suits
+should be settled by the regular process of law. The men to be appointed
+were to be allies of neither party in the fight. Both parties agreed to
+refrain from any further attempts to use force in getting possession of
+the road.
+
+Weeks readily, and Porter after a moment of hesitation, signed the
+paper, and the Governor announced that his appointment would be made
+immediately.
+
+It was then arranged that the regular annual election of directors,
+which was due on the following Tuesday, should be held as usual. After
+the legal questions were settled, the Governor's commission would turn
+over the road to the newly elected board.
+
+When the conference was over, and it had not been a long one, the two
+warring railway magnates, who in the past week had set the whole State
+by the ears, rose and politely took their leave. As they went down in
+the elevator together, Weeks remarked,--
+
+“Autumn seems to have taken hold early this year.”
+
+“Yes,” answered Porter, “it's extremely disagreeable weather. I have my
+carriage here. May I save you a walk?”
+
+“No, thanks,” said Jim; “I'm not going far.”
+
+When they parted at the door they did not shake hands, but there was
+nothing in their manner to indicate that they had not just met for the
+first time at an afternoon tea.
+
+Jim went straight to his office, told Pease that he must not be
+disturbed, and settled himself to some hard thinking. That afternoon had
+materially changed the situation, and had for the most part simplified
+it. There was no further necessity for guarding against force. There was
+no longer anything to be apprehended from the legal juggling of Judge
+Black, for the Governor's interposition had rendered him quite harmless.
+When the case was tried it would be before an unprejudiced court. The
+seizure of the road by the militia had come at the right moment for Jim,
+for it left his employees in possession as far down as Sawyerville.
+
+The longer Jim thought, the simpler the problem became. He must bring
+about the election of his board of directors. As matters stood he could
+accomplish this only by voting the nine thousand shares of new stock
+he had issued the week before, thus giving Porter a more or less strong
+case against him. But if he could command a majority of the stock
+without this, there would be absolutely nothing for the courts to
+decide, and Tuesday evening would see him completely victorious. And
+so, for the first time that week, Jim turned the whole force of his
+attention to the Tillman City stock.
+
+It was just ten days since he had instructed Bridge to find out what
+was at the bottom of Blaney's defiance, and in that time he had heard no
+word from his lieutenant. There were but three days more.
+
+If it were his habit to act on impulse, as his wonderful quickness led
+men to believe, he would have gone straight to Tillman City, and carried
+on his fight there in person. But on reflection he concluded that his
+presence there would be likely to ruin whatever schemes Bridge might be
+working out. “I'll wait a little longer,” he thought.
+
+Bridge was in the hospital. His landlady had found him in his room about
+an hour after the fever overtook him, and visions of a red quarantine
+card on her door-post had such disquieting force that in an incredibly
+short time the doctor and the oldest boarder were carrying the
+unconscious politician wrapped in a pair of blankets to the carriage
+which was to take him thither.
+
+Tillman City was proud of its hospital, and the nursing and the medical
+attention which Bridge received were as good as they could have been.
+But after all it seemed to make little difference, for the fever raged
+in him in spite of all efforts to break it. He lay, utterly insensible
+to his surroundings, the object of the curiosity, as well as the
+kindness, of those about him; for scarlet fever in a man, especially
+so severe a case, is enough out of the ordinary to be interesting.
+Sometimes his delirium became so violent that men had to hold him down
+to the bed, but for the most of the time he simply rolled and tossed,
+moaning softly or chattering unintelligible syllables.
+
+Wednesday evening his fever was slightly lower and he lay comparatively
+quiet. Sitting by the screen which kept the light of the night lamp from
+his eyes was Grace Burns. She had been a nurse only a little while, and
+to her Bridge was not a case but a man. She felt a great pity for the
+pathetic figure on the bed and, when she saw that it was good for him
+to have her by, she spent more than half the hours of the twenty-four
+watching him. She was a young woman, not yet thirty, and she had the
+poise which comes from nerves that are never out of tune. Some of her
+nervous strength she seemed to impart to him, and he was rarely violent
+while under her care.
+
+Now as she watched him she saw him throw back the covers and sit up on
+the edge of the bed. The movement was so quick that before she could
+reach him he was struggling to his feet.
+
+“The contract,” he said. “I must take it to him right away.” His voice
+and his inflection were perfectly natural.
+
+“Yes,” she said easily, “I'll attend to that. There's plenty of time.
+Now lie down again.”
+
+He looked at her in a puzzled, questioning way, but obeyed, and in a few
+moments his moaning told her that the dull fever dreams had again come
+upon him.
+
+When the doctor came to make his last visit before the night, he looked
+grave.
+
+“Has he had any lucid intervals?” he asked.
+
+She told him what had happened earlier in the evening.
+
+“It's hard to tell,” he said, “whether that was dreams or not.”
+
+As he started to go, she asked,--
+
+“Did they tell you downstairs that some one had been here to see him?”
+
+He shook his head.
+
+“He came while I was down in the office, and they said he had been here
+two or three times before. He wanted to see Mr. Bridge, he said, on a
+very important business matter.”
+
+The doctor smiled. “I'm afraid,” he said, “that business will be
+indefinitely postponed. Who was the man?”
+
+“He's one of our aldermen, Michael Blaney.”
+
+They were startled by a cry from the bed. Bridge was sitting bolt
+upright, and terror was in his face.
+
+“Stop him, Weeks!” he gasped. “He's trying to choke me. Pull him off.
+You said he shouldn't touch me.”
+
+The voice died away in a moan, and he sank back in the pillows,
+breathing thickly. The nurse slipped quickly to his side, clasped his
+wrist in her cool hand, and laid the other on his forehead, and in a few
+moments his breath was coming more regularly and the mad light was gone
+out of his eyes.
+
+The doctor looked on admiringly. “You'll pull him out of this if anybody
+can,” he said. “It's strange he's got this Weeks business in his head.
+He hasn't known anything since Sunday night, and there wasn't much about
+it in the papers up to that time.”
+
+There was a silence while the doctor, after a long look at his patient,
+turned and walked to the door. When he reached it he said:--
+
+“There's something beside scarlet fever that keeps up that delirium, I
+believe; something on his mind. I'd watch what he says pretty carefully,
+if I were you. He may give you a clew to what's bothering him. Then
+perhaps we can bring him around. Good night.”
+
+Grace Burns was not in the habit of reading the papers, for her
+activities, her sympathies, and her thoughts were pretty well absorbed
+without them, but on Thursday morning she read with eager interest
+the account of the fight for the M. & T. railroad. She also read an
+editorial on Jim Weeks, and then found out all she could from the
+newspapers of the two days previous. When she had finished, she
+abandoned a half-formed project of the night before to write to
+Weeks and explain the situation to him on the chance of his being
+of assistance. She saw on what a large scale this man did things and
+concluded that it was unlikely that he had any connection with Bridge's
+affairs, if, indeed, he had ever heard of him. He would be too busy to
+pay much attention to anything she might write.
+
+All day long she listened to the sick man's continuous talk, hoping that
+some meaning would transpire through the incoherent sentences, something
+that would guide her to the source of his trouble; but her patience had
+little reward. He spoke vaguely of a contract once or twice, and as many
+times he mentioned the name of Jim Weeks, and at those times she thought
+of her plan again; mentally she would begin framing the note she would
+write to the great capitalist. But as often as she did this she realized
+that she had nothing to say to him, and with a sigh she put the thought
+away to wait at least until she could find out something more definite.
+
+The next morning, Friday, she read in the papers of the dramatic
+happenings of the day before and of Jim Weeks's going to Chicago,
+presumably for a conference with the Governor. The bigness of it
+appalled her a little, and again the courage she had been storing up
+over night to write the note oozed away. For after all it was a question
+of courage, courage to do something which common sense called absurd on
+the bare chance that it might do good.
+
+The day was a repetition of the day before, but late in the afternoon
+the persistent thought, “it might do some good,” drove her to write to
+Jim Weeks. The note read:--
+
+“Mr. Bridge [she did not know his initials] is dangerously sick here in
+the hospital. He has been delirious ever since he was brought here, and
+has frequently called for you, sometimes as if he wanted to tell you
+something, and at others as if he desired your protection. I write in
+the hope that you will be able either to come or to suggest some clew to
+his delusions which may enable us to remove them.”
+
+It was mailed that evening and reached Jim about noon Saturday. Not
+half an hour afterward she received a telegram which took a load off her
+mind:--
+
+ Shall reach Tillman at eight this evening and will drive direct to
+ the hospital. Please arrange it so I can see him immediately after I
+ arrive there.
+
+She was in the sick room watching, when Jim was shown in. He walked
+directly to the bed and stood looking down at Bridge for a moment, and
+then spoke to Grace Burns.
+
+“Has he any chance? What is it?”
+
+“It's scarlet fever. The doctor doesn't seem to think there's much
+hope.”
+
+“Poor devil,” said Jim under his breath.
+
+The nurse suddenly bent forward over the sick man, and motioned Jim to
+silence. Bridge's lips were moving and he seemed to be struggling to
+speak.
+
+“Yes, he's here,” said the nurse in answer to the half-heard question.
+
+Jim dropped on one knee beside the bed. “Yes, I'm Jim Weeks,” he said.
+“Do you want to tell me anything?”
+
+Again it was the nurse's ear that caught the words, “My coat--in the
+pocket--the contract.”
+
+“I'll get it,” she said quickly, and in a moment she had come back into
+the room, with the coat Bridge had worn when they brought him to the
+hospital.
+
+Jim took the coat, took a handful of papers out of the pockets and
+glanced over them. A scrawled and crumpled sheet caught his eye, and
+straightening it out he read it carefully, holding it close to the dim
+night lamp. He stood erect again, staring intently at the grotesque
+shadows on the screen. Grace Burns, who was watching him, saw that for
+the moment Bridge was forgotten.
+
+But presently his face softened and a smile came into his eyes. Again he
+went to the bedside and dropped on one knee. He spoke softly, but there
+was a restrained ring in his voice.
+
+“You've saved us, Bridge; can you understand me? We're going to win out.
+You were in time.”
+
+He took the thin hand that lay on the coverlet and it clasped his
+convulsively. He looked curiously at the sick man, and then as the weak
+grip was not relaxed he sat down on the side of the bed and waited. Five
+minutes crept away, and another five, and then the slow easy breathing
+told them that Bridge was asleep.
+
+As the hand let go of his, Weeks rose to go. The nurse followed him to
+the door, where she said simply:--
+
+“Thank you for coming. It saved his life.”
+
+“Then it was you who saved it,” said Jim. “And you saved me, too. I
+won't forget it.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+
+THE WINNING OF THE ROAD
+
+The Chicago papers reach Tillman City by nine o'clock every morning, and
+the inhabitants wait till then for information from the outside world.
+At supper time they read fragmentary Associated Press despatches and a
+more or less accurate chronicle of local happenings in _The Watchman_.
+Since the coming of the new editor, Tillman's one daily had contrived
+to worry along without the assistance of a patent inside, for he was an
+ambitious young fellow with a knack for writing snappy editorials, and
+he made the most of the meagre news the city furnished.
+
+He did not hear of Jim's arrival in town and his drive to the hospital
+until next morning. When told of it, he laid down his pipe and began
+slipping on his coat.
+
+“I suppose he's in town yet,” he said to the reporter who had brought
+the news. “If he is, I'm going to see him; then I can make something out
+of what he might have said. He's the kind that makes me mad. He's got
+as good a story inside him as any man in the United States this morning,
+but it would take a chemical process to get it out of him.”
+
+Jim was in his room at the Hotel Tremain, trying to decide upon the best
+way to bring Blaney to terms. The most direct course would be to go
+to Blaney and try to convince him of the worthlessness of McNally's
+contract. Blaney was badly scared already: that was evident enough in
+his manner during the interview Jim had had with him on the artesian
+road. The two weeks of suspense, during which time it was clear that Jim
+was winning, would not tend to increase Blaney's confidence. It would
+not take much of a bluff to complete his demoralization.
+
+But the difficulty lay in the manner of approach. To make the bluff most
+effective, Blaney should be frightened into seeking Jim. If he went to
+Blaney's house, the contractor would probably suspect that some weakness
+in Jim's position made him depend on Blaney's aid. Jim was not worrying
+over the problem as other men worry, for he had been quite sincere
+in telling Bridge that they were sure to win. Years of this kind of
+fighting had given him a just estimate of the immense value of time,
+and he had forty-eight hours left in which to get control of the Tillman
+City stock. Campaigns have been lost and won again in less time than
+that.
+
+When the bell-boy brought up the editor's card Jim stared at it a
+moment, then told the boy to show him in. Had the boy looked up he would
+have seen that Jim was smiling. His plan had come to him.
+
+When the editor came into the room he found Jim lounging in a big chair
+with his feet on another, bent apparently on spending the morning in
+luxurious idleness. Jim did not rise but greeted him cheerfully, and the
+editor took the chair Jim nodded to and accepted the cigar Jim offered
+him. This was the beginning of what the editor afterward spoke of as his
+trance.
+
+For there sat Jim Weeks, the wary, the close-mouthed, the reporter's
+despair, artlessly telling the whole inside history of the fight for the
+M. & T. At first the editor hardly dared to breathe for fear of bringing
+Jim to his senses and the story to a premature conclusion; but as the
+President talked apparently in his right mind, the editor became bolder
+and began asking questions. In answering, Jim told him that the fight
+was practically over. It would formally be decided on Tuesday at the
+stockholders' meeting; but as Jim and his allies controlled a majority
+of the stock, the outcome was certain.
+
+Then having cleared away the preliminaries Jim came to the point. “Your
+finance committee here in Tillman is going to vote your stock against
+us, though,” he said. “Porter has pulled their leg with a fake contract,
+and they're just about big enough fools to be caught by that sort of a
+game. I've known about it for some time, and I might have done something
+if we hadn't stood to win anyway. As it is they can't beat us, no matter
+how they vote.”
+
+There were more questions and more perfectly frank answers, and at last
+the editor knew practically all there was to know about the dealings
+of the wily Mr. Blaney. Jim did not seem to take the contract very
+seriously, but he was evidently perfectly familiar with its provisions.
+When the editor rose to go his head was fairly awhirl.
+
+“Mr. Weeks,” he asked, “have you given this story to any one else?”
+
+“No,” said Jim.
+
+“We don't come out till to-morrow afternoon,” said the editor. “We
+haven't a Sunday edition. Will the story be any good by that time?”
+
+“That's as you think,” said Jim. “I shan't give it to any one else.”
+
+The bewildered editor went on his way rejoicing, and Jim packed his bag
+and started for Chicago. He had planted his mine under Blaney and he
+could do nothing more with him until the time for exploding it. Jim was
+satisfied with his plan. The story which _The Watchman_ was to print the
+next afternoon was almost sure to scare Blaney into submission. True,
+the time was short between the issue of the paper and the stockholders'
+meeting, but this fact was after all rather to Jim's advantage than
+otherwise. The only element of uncertainty in Jim's success lay in the
+possible countermove which McNally might make to reassure Blaney. The
+chances were, Jim thought, that McNally would not hear of the story in
+_The Watchman_ until Tuesday morning.
+
+Jim reached Chicago late Sunday afternoon.
+
+On Monday he and Harvey were back in the office working on other
+matters. Not until Tuesday morning did Jim start for Manchester, where
+the stockholders' meeting was to be held that afternoon.
+
+At eleven o'clock Jim walked into the lobby of the Illinois House,
+lighted a cigar at the news stand, nodded familiarly to the clerk, and
+passed on into the writing room. The clerk said to a bell-boy,--
+
+“Go into the bar and tell Mr. Blaney that Jim Weeks is here.”
+
+Blaney had been waiting for that message for the past hour, for he had
+told the clerk to let him know as soon as Jim should arrive, and he had
+expected him earlier; but now he only swore savagely at the bell-boy,
+and ordered another whiskey. It was the last of a long series of
+bracers, and it did its work a little too well.
+
+With soldierly erectness he walked out of the bar, across the lobby, and
+into the writing room. Jim was writing at a desk and did not look up as
+Blaney entered, so the contractor went round behind him and dropped his
+hand heavily on Jim's shoulder.
+
+“I want to talk to you,” he said fiercely.
+
+Jim looked up as if to see who it was, and then turned back to his
+writing.
+
+“Well, talk away,” he said.
+
+“I want to see you in private,” said Blaney, excited to rage by Jim's
+indifference.
+
+Jim affected to consider for a moment; then he rose and led the way to
+the office, where he told the clerk that he wanted a room for an hour or
+so, and that on no account must he be disturbed.
+
+The two men climbed to the room in silence. When they reached it, Jim
+followed Blaney in, locked the door behind him, and put the key in his
+pocket. The action made Blaney nervous, and the warmth at the pit of
+his stomach was beginning to be succeeded by something that felt like a
+large lump of cold lead.
+
+“Well,” said Jim, “we're private enough now. What have you got to say?”
+
+Blaney pumped up all the bluster he could.
+
+“All I want to find out is, who wrote that story in _The Watchman_.”
+
+“That's all, is it?” said Jim. “I could have told you that downstairs. I
+wrote it.”
+
+Then Blaney broke loose. He was working himself up to a perfect frenzy
+of denials, accusations, threats, and blasphemy. The man was a pitiable
+spectacle, and Jim, leaning back against the locked door, watched him in
+mingled amusement and contempt. He was surprised that Blaney should have
+become so utterly demoralized. He had never considered the contractor
+a big man, or even a good fighter, but that he would go to pieces so
+easily was unexpected. He did not know how violent the explosion in
+Tillman had been. The town sided with Jim Weeks, and when the people
+realized how he was to be sold out, the storm exceeded the editor's
+wildest expectations, and Blaney was brought face to face with political
+ruin.
+
+Jim let the almost hysterical rage expend itself before he interrupted.
+Then he said:--
+
+“Shut up, Blaney. You've made a fool of yourself long enough. And I've
+fooled with you long enough. You've been trying ever since you were
+alderman to throw me down. You've talked about how much you were going
+to do, and all the while we've been laughing at you. Then this McNally
+came along and set up you and Williams to a dinner at the Hotel Tremain
+and paid you some money and gave you this fool contract, to get you to
+vote the Tillman City proxies his way.”
+
+Jim took a copy of the contract out of his pocket and read it aloud,
+while Blaney listened in stupid amazement. “McNally is a smart man,”
+ Jim went on, folding the contract and replacing it, “and he sized you up
+just about right when he figured he could take you in with a fake like
+this, that isn't worth the paper it is written on. And when you'd got
+fooled so you thought C. & S.C. would pay par for your stock, what do
+you do but go around and tell a man you know is working for me all about
+it! And now when I've got you just where I want you, where you can only
+wriggle, you come around and try to scare me. Do you know what you are?
+You're just a plain damn fool.”
+
+Blaney did not seem to hear the last words of what was probably the
+longest speech Jim Weeks had ever made. His attention had been riveted
+on something else.
+
+“Bridge,” he exclaimed. “Bridge gave that away, did he?”
+
+“Yes,” said Jim; “Bridge gave me this contract. There's just about one
+more fool thing you can do, Blaney, and that is try to touch him. Try
+it! Why, man, if you do I'll break you to pieces.” The words had a ring
+in them, but Jim quieted instantly. “I'm looking out for Bridge.”
+
+There was a long silence. Blaney dropped limply into a gaudy
+rocking-chair and with a dirty handkerchief mopped the sweat out of his
+eyes. Jim had not moved from his position before the door. His lips were
+grave, but something in his eyes suggested that he was smiling. It was
+Jim who spoke at last.
+
+“I don't believe you've got anything to say to me, and I haven't much
+more to say to you. You've got the Tillman proxies for five thousand
+shares and you're going to vote them in a couple of hours. You can vote
+them either way you like. It doesn't make much difference to me because
+I win by at least four thousand even if you go against me. But if you
+do, you'll find it hard work a year from now to get a city job laying
+bricks in Tillman. I'll guarantee that. If you choose to vote 'em my way
+that story in _The Watchman_ will fall by its own weight. I'll leave you
+alone so long as you don't monkey with Bridge.”
+
+“I won't monkey with Bridge,” said Blaney, sullenly; “but I'll tell you,
+you're making a big mistake to take any stock in him. He's been lying to
+you. I never saw that contract before. He came to me and tried to get
+me to go up against you, and when I wouldn't he must have got up that
+contract to get even with me. That's what made me so mad about that
+story in the papers.”
+
+“I see,” said Jim, with unshaken gravity. “Well, there's no use in
+talking any more, I guess. We understand each other.” And with these
+words Jim unlocked the door and walked downstairs to dinner.
+
+By four o'clock it was all over; the road was won, and Jim, struggling
+into his overcoat, was reflecting on how beautifully success succeeds.
+For Blaney had not been the only one to change sides, and the result of
+the election had been a sweeping victory, which surprised even Jim. The
+stampede had caught Thompson and Wing, and the only holdings which had
+been voted against him were those directly represented by Porter. Porter
+had attended the meeting and was surprised to find that his relief at
+having the fight well over was almost strong enough to make up for his
+chagrin and disappointment at being defeated.
+
+He met Jim at the door, and after a word of commonplaces he inquired
+after Harvey.
+
+“He's getting on all right,” said Jim. “He got a crack over the head
+that's bothering him a little, but it's nothing serious.”
+
+“Weeks,” said Porter, abruptly, “I want a word with you about that
+affair. That attempt to kidnap him was dirty business. I don't think
+I need say that it was done without my sanction. The man who was
+responsible for it is no longer in my employ. Good day.”
+
+“That,” mused Jim as he drove to the Northern Station, “is what comes of
+having a daughter like Miss Katherine Porter.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+
+THE SURRENDER
+
+Jim looked up from a desk that was piled high with letters and
+memoranda.
+
+“West, what do think of that?” he said, handing a type-written sheet
+across to the other desk.
+
+It was an order addressed to Mattison, reinstating J. Donohue in the
+passenger service of the M. & T.
+
+“He deserves it,” replied Harvey, briefly. “Shall I send it on?”
+
+“Yes.”
+
+Each turned back to his work. Such interruptions were rare now in Jim's
+office in the Washington Building. For any man of wide and commanding
+interests to drop his routine even for a day or so means a busy time
+catching up later on; and in the case of Jim, who had lost all told the
+better part of two weeks, the accumulation was almost disheartening,
+particularly to Harvey.
+
+Although he had to come to Chicago early Friday morning, spending only
+one night at the Oakwood Club, it was not until Monday that Harvey was
+able to resume work. In the meantime he had neither seen nor heard
+from Katherine. During that long night at the club he had planned, in
+a feverish, restless way, to drive to her home in the morning; but the
+morning saw him speeding to Chicago, weak and nerveless. During Friday
+and Saturday he was confined to his room by order of the physician, but
+on Sunday, a bright day, he walked out.
+
+His first letter to Katherine was written Saturday afternoon. It was a
+simple statement, a manly plea for what he desired more than anything
+else in the world, and as he read it over he felt that it must have an
+effect. That it deeply moved Katherine was shown by the reply which came
+on the following Tuesday. She did not waste words, but there was in her
+little note an honest directness that left Harvey helpless to reply.
+She made no concealment of her love, though not stating it, but repeated
+practically what she had said that afternoon at the club. Again it was,
+“We must wait--” even indefinitely. Harvey read the note many times.
+Tuesday night he sat down with a wild idea of answering it, but his
+inner sense of delicacy restrained him. She had put the matter in such a
+light, practically throwing herself on his generosity, his love for her,
+that he realized that to write again would only make her duty harder.
+And in the intervals when Harvey's passionate impatience gave way
+to calmer reflection, he knew that he loved her the better for her
+strength.
+
+Wednesday and Thursday passed. Harvey's complete recovery was slow,
+though he worked hard at his desk; even the news of Jim's victory seemed
+to have little effect on him. He was listless, his work contained little
+of the old vigor and energy, and there were rings under his eyes.
+Jim said nothing, but he had not been blind to Katherine's tell-tale
+interest when Harvey was found. He knew Harvey, even better than the
+younger man suspected. From the nature of his work and experience Jim
+had learned to read human nature,--probably that faculty had much to do
+with his success,--and the fact that in Harvey's make-up were certain of
+his own rugged characteristics had drawn him to Harvey more than to
+any other man of his acquaintance: this in addition to the one touch
+of sentiment that had influenced Jim's whole career, for he could not
+forget that Harvey was the son of the only woman he had ever loved.
+
+Thursday evening Jim sat down to his solitary dinner with a feeling of
+utter loneliness. There came back to him, clearer than for a quarter of
+a century, all the yearning, the unrest, the self-abandon of his love
+for Ethel Harvey. The years had rounded him, and built up in him a
+sturdy character; he stood before the world a man of solid achievement,
+calm, successful, satisfied. His spreading interests, his intricate
+affairs, the prestige and credit of his position--these had combined to
+concentrate his energies, to hold, day and night, his thoughts, crowding
+out alike dreams and memories. He had given the best of his life, not
+for gold, but for power, credit, influence. The struggle had fascinated
+him, he had risen to each new emergency with a thrill at the thought of
+grappling with men of mettle, of calling into play each muscle of
+the system he had organized. But as he left the table and walked with
+unelastic step into the library, there rose before him the picture of
+Harvey, weak and pale but filled nevertheless with the vigor of youthful
+blood, stretched on a couch, while over him, gentle in her womanhood,
+Katherine was bending. As the scene came back he again moved through it,
+and again, as he turned to go, he caught a glimpse of her eyes, and he
+saw in them the look that no man can view without a prayer, a look that
+melted through the crust of years and left Jim's heart bare.
+
+It was dark in the library, but he cared not. He sat before the wide
+table staring at the shadows. For the first time in many years he was
+far from stocks and from the world. He tried madly, desperately, then
+humbly, to fight down the other picture--that of the only other woman
+whose eyes had reached his heart; but the struggle was too great, and
+with head buried on his outstretched arms Jim gave way to a flood burst
+of memory that poured out years in moments.
+
+Some time later he raised his head. Habits so fixed as Jim's will
+assert themselves even in moments of stress, and now what was almost
+an instinct urged him to such action as would even slightly ease the
+strain. Harvey was his hope, Harvey's happiness and Katherine's was
+all that appealed to him now, and so with set teeth he rang for his
+carriage. Jim Weeks had faced many problems, he had gone lightly into
+many battles, but never before had his energies been so set upon a
+single object.
+
+Jim drove direct to Harvey's rooms, and, finding them dark, walked
+in, lighted up, drew down the curtains, and sank wearily into the
+easy-chair. He was by this time near his old self, save for the wrinkles
+about his eyes, which seemed deeper. He had not before been in Harvey's
+quarters, and he looked about with almost nervous interest. Later he
+picked up the evening paper and tried to read, but dropped it and
+took to walking about the room. On the mantel was the Kodak picture of
+Katherine, and he paused to look at it. It so held his interest that he
+did not hear the door open five minutes later.
+
+Harvey closed the door and threw his overcoat on a chair.
+
+“Beg pardon for keeping you waiting,” he said, apparently not surprised
+at Jim's presence. “If I had known you were here, I'd have come back
+earlier. Been out for a little exercise.”
+
+Jim nodded, and turned back to the photograph.
+
+“This is Porter's daughter, isn't it?” he said abruptly.
+
+With a brief “Yes,” Harvey threw himself into a chair by the table.
+After a moment Jim turned and stood with his back to the mantel, looking
+at Harvey, then he crossed over and sat down.
+
+“West, I've been thinking of you to-night, and I've come over to have
+a talk with you. You are in bad shape. You show it plain enough. If it
+were any other time, if we weren't already so far behind with our work,
+I'd send you off somewhere for a vacation. You need it.”
+
+Harvey smiled wearily.
+
+“A fellow can't expect to get over a row like that in a day or so. I'll
+be all right in a week.”
+
+“Look here,” Jim leaned back and looked squarely at Harvey, “why don't
+you own up? Why don't you tell me about it? It's--it's her, isn't it?”
+ indicating the photograph.
+
+Harvey returned Jim's gaze with an expression of some surprise, then
+he leaned forward and looked at the carpet, resting his elbows on his
+knees.
+
+“Of course,” Jim continued, “it isn't exactly in my line, but I might
+be able to bring some common sense to bear on it. When a man's
+bothered about a girl, he's likely to need a little common sense. I
+understand--of course--if you'd rather not talk about it----”
+
+There was a long silence. Harvey broke it.
+
+“I don't know but what you're right. I haven't known just what to do.
+Things are pretty much mixed up. You want me to tell you?”
+
+Jim nodded.
+
+“It isn't that she doesn't care for me. I think she does. You know she's
+always honest. But somehow it strikes her as a question of duty. She
+loves her father, and she feels that she hasn't been loyal to him. I've
+written to her,--I've used up all my arguments,--but she puts it in such
+a way that I can't say another word without actually hurting her. To her
+mind it's just a plain case of right and wrong, and that settles it. You
+know she's that kind of a girl.”
+
+“Yes,” said Jim, “I suppose she is.”
+
+“I've gone over and over it until I'm all at sea. I don't seem to have
+a grip on myself. I can't write to her or go to see her. It would be
+simply dishonorable after the way she has talked to me--and written.”
+ Harvey rose and walked to the mantel, resting his elbows on it and
+looking at the photograph.
+
+“When was it?” asked Jim. “That day in the Oakwood Club?”
+
+“Yes.”
+
+“And you know she loves you?”
+
+“I didn't say I knew it.”
+
+“Well, then, I do.”
+
+At this Harvey turned, but Jim's face was quiet.
+
+“Yes, I know it. You say there is nothing in the way but her father?”
+
+“That is all I know about.”
+
+“I can ease your mind on that. I had a short talk with Porter Tuesday,
+and I think he's a little ashamed of himself. He told me that he was
+against that kidnapping scheme and that he has broken with McNally.
+Probably Miss Porter has had a talk with him by this time,--I don't see
+how they could help it,--and if she has, I guess some of her ideas have
+changed a little.”
+
+Jim paused, but as Harvey stood facing the mantel without speaking he
+went on:--
+
+“There's just one thing for you to do, West. You go down there and begin
+all over again. If she's got any pride, she won't write to you--Why,
+man, any girl would expect--You've got to! Understand? You've got to!”
+
+As he spoke Jim rose and stood erect; then, as Harvey still was silent,
+he took to pacing the floor. Harvey was looking, not at the picture,
+but through it into a calm summer night on the river, when Katherine
+had given him that first glimpse of herself, the woman he loved and was
+always to love. He saw her beside him in the trap, watching with bright,
+eager eyes the striding bays, and later tugging at his watch-fob. He saw
+her in the gray twilight, bending down over him and saying in that low
+thrilling voice: “We don't know what may happen. We only know what is
+right for us now.” As he slowly turned around he felt a mist come over
+his eyes and he was not ashamed. Jim stopped and stood looking at him.
+Harvey asked simply,--
+
+“Can you spare me over Sunday?”
+
+“You'd better go to-morrow.”
+
+“But the work?”
+
+“I don't want to hear about that,”--Jim's voice was gruff,--“you take
+the morning train. Don't come back till you're ready.”
+
+Their eyes met in embarrassed silence, then Harvey sat at the table and
+wrote a few words.
+
+“Will you have your man send that tonight?” he asked, handing it to Jim.
+“It's a telegram.”
+
+Jim took it, slowly folded it, and put it into his pocket. He reached
+for his coat, and Harvey helped him put it on. Several times Jim started
+to speak, but it was not until one glove was on and his hat in his hand
+that he got it out:--
+
+“I'll tell you, West, I--A man learns something from experience, one
+way or another. I've known what such things are--I know what it means
+to love a woman, and to try to live without her.” He suddenly gripped
+Harvey's hand, holding it for a moment with a silent, nervous pressure,
+and Harvey felt the perspiration on his palm. “I made a mistake, West,
+and I've paid for it--I'm paying for it now. If I hadn't--If I had made
+it right, she would have been--you would have--” The words seemed
+to choke him, and with a strange expression he loosened his grip and
+started toward the door. Halfway he turned. As he stood there, stalwart
+yet humble, a new pathos crept into his features. “West, a man doesn't
+get much in this world if he waits for things to straighten themselves
+out. Good night.”
+
+Before Harvey could recover from a certain awkwardness, Jim had gone.
+He could hear the heavy tread on the stairs. Then came the slam of a
+carriage door, and he knew that Jim was going back to the big, empty
+house.
+
+The next morning, Friday, Harvey took the early train for Truesdale. He
+picked up a carriage at the station and drove rapidly out to Porter's
+home. From the porte-cochere he hastened to the door, rang the bell, and
+asked for her. In the wide hall he stood, coat still buttoned, hat in
+hand, looking eagerly up the stairway. In a moment she appeared (he
+could not know that she had been watching for him), coming slowly down
+the stairs, not hesitating, but holding back with a touch of the old
+dignity. For the moment her beauty, her strong womanhood, gave Harvey a
+sense of awe, and he stood looking up at her, not knowing that his
+eyes told the story. And then, as she stayed on the lower step, a quiet
+assertiveness came over him, and he stepped forward.
+
+“Katherine,” he said, and extended both hands.
+
+She still hesitated, looking at him with eyes that seemed to question,
+to read his as if searching for something she feared might not be there;
+then she took the last step and stood before him.
+
+“Katherine,” he repeated, but stopped again, for now her eyes were
+shining on him with a look that thrilled and exalted him, and with
+sudden joy in his heart he drew her to him.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Short Line War, by Samuel Merwin
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SHORT LINE WAR ***
+
+***** This file should be named 8385-0.txt or 8385-0.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/8/3/8/8385/
+
+Produced by Eric Eldred, Beth Trapaga and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
+Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+ www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation”
+ or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project
+Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right
+of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+